CA3033239A1

CA3033239A1 - Spiro bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll interaction

Info

Publication number: CA3033239A1
Application number: CA3033239A
Authority: CA
Inventors: Patrick Rene Angibaud; Vineet PANDE; Barbara HERKERT; Daniel Jason Krosky; Olivier Alexis Georges Querolle; Isabelle Noelle Constance Pilatte; Aaron Nathaniel PATRICK
Original assignee: Janssen Pharmaceutica NV
Current assignee: Janssen Pharmaceutica NV
Priority date: 2016-09-14
Filing date: 2017-09-13
Publication date: 2018-03-22
Also published as: TW201823250A; TWI738864B; EA201990699A1; WO2018050686A1

Abstract

The present invention relates to pharmaceutical agents useful for therapy and/or prophylaxis in a mammal, and in particular to spiro bicyclic compounds, pharmaceutical composition comprising such compounds, and their use as menin/MLL protein/protein interaction inhibitors, useful for treating diseases such as cancer, myelodysplasia syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.

Description

SPIRO BICYCLIC INHIBITORS OF MENIN-MLL INTERACTION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to pharmaceutical agents useful for therapy and/or prophylaxis in a mammal, and in particular to spiro bicyclic compounds, pharmaceutical composition comprising such compounds, and their use as menin/MLL
protein/protein interaction inhibitors, useful for treating diseases such as cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Chromosomal rearrangements affecting the mixed lineage leukemia gene (MLL;
MLL1;
KMT2A) result in aggressive acute leukemias across all age groups and still represent mostly incurable diseases emphasizing the urgent need for novel therapeutic approaches.
Acute leukemias harboring these chromosomal translocations of MLL represent as lymphoid, myeloid or biphenotypic disease and constitute 5 to 10% of acute leukemias in adults and approximately 70% in infants (Marschalek, Br J Haematol 2011.
152(2), 141-54; Tomizawa et al., Pediatr Blood Cancer 2007. 49(2), 127-32).
MLL is a histone methyltransferase that methylates histone H3 on lysine 4 (H3K4) and functions in multiprotein complexes. Use of inducible loss-of-function alleles of Mill demonstrated that M111 plays an essential role in sustaining hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) and developing B cells although its histone methyltransferase activity is dispensable for hematopoiesis (Mishra et al., Cell Rep 2011. 7(4), 1239-47).
Fusion of MLL with more than 60 different partners has been reported to date and has been associated with leukemia formation/progression (Meyer et al., Leukemia 2013.
27, 2165-2176). Interestingly, the SET (Su(var)3-9, enhancer of zeste, and trithorax) domain of MLL is not retained in chimeric proteins but is replaced by the fusion partner (Thiel et al., Bioessays 2012. 34, 771-80). Recruitment of chromatin modifying enzymes like Dot1L and/or the pTEFb complex by the fusion partner leads to enhanced transcription and transcriptional elongation of MLL target genes including HOXA genes (e.g. HOXA9) and the HOX cofactor MEIS1 as the most prominent ones.
Aberrant expression of these genes in turn blocks hematopoietic differentiation and enhances proliferation.
Menin which is encoded by the Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia type 1 (MEN]) gene is expressed ubiquitously and is predominantly localized in the nucleus. It has been shown

- 2 -to interact with numerous proteins and is, therefore, involved in a variety of cellular processes. The best understood function of menin is its role as an oncogenic cofactor of MLL fusion proteins. Menin interacts with two motifs within the N-terminal fragment of MLL that is retained in all fusion proteins, MBM1 (menin-binding motif 1) and (Thiel et al., Bioessays 2012. 34, 771-80). Menin/MLL interaction leads to the formation of a new interaction surface for lens epithelium-derived growth factor (LEDGF).
Although MLL directly binds to LEDGF, menin is obligatory for the stable interaction between MLL and LEDGF and the gene specific chromatin recruitment of the MLL
complex via the PWWP domain of LEDGF (Cermakova et al., Cancer Res 2014. 15, 5139-51; Yokoyama & Cleary, Cancer Cell 2008. 8, 36-46). Furthermore, numerous genetic studies have shown that menin is strictly required for oncogenic transformation by MLL fusion proteins suggesting the menin/MLL interaction as an attractive therapeutic target. For example, conditional deletion of Men] prevents leukomogenesis in bone marrow progenitor cells ectopically expressing MLL fusions (Chen et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci 2006. 103, 1018-23). Similarly, genetic disruption of menin/MLL
fusion interaction by loss-of-function mutations abrogates the oncogenic properties of the MLL
fusion proteins, blocks the development of leukemia in vivo and releases the differentiation block of MLL-transformed leukemic blasts. These studies also showed that menin is required for the maintenance of HOX gene expression by MLL
fusion proteins (Yokoyama et al., Cell 2005. 123, 207-18). In addition, small molecule inhibitors of menin/MLL interaction have been developed suggesting druggability of this protein/protein interaction and have also demonstrated efficacy in preclinical models of AML (Borkin et al., Cancer Cell 2015. 27, 589-602; Cierpicki and Grembecka, Future Med Chem 2014. 6, 447-462). Together with the observation that menin is not a requisite cofactor of MLL1 during normal hematopoiesis (Li et al., Blood 2013. 122, 2039-2046), these data validate the disruption of menin/MLL interaction as a promising new therapeutic approach for the treatment of MLL rearranged leukemia and other cancers with an active HOXIMEIS1 gene signature. For example, an internal partial tandem duplication (PTD) within the 5 'region of the MLL gene represents another major aberration that is found predominantly in de novo and secondary AML as well as myeloid dysplasia syndromes. Although the molecular mechanism and the biological function of MLL-PTD is not well understood, new therapeutic targeting strategies affecting the menin/MLL interaction might also prove effective in the treatment of MLL-PTD-related leukemias. Furthermore, castration-resistant prostate cancer has been shown to be dependent on the menin/MLL interaction (Malik et al., Nat Med 2015. 21, 344-52).
Several references describe inhibitors targeting the menin-MLL interaction:
W02011029054, J Med Chem 2016, 59, 892-913 describes the preparation of

- 3 -thienopyrimidine and benzo diazepine derivatives; W02014164543 describes thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine derivatives; Nature Chemical Biology March 2012, 8, 277-284 and Ren, J.; et at. Bioorg Med Chem Lett (2016), http ://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j .bmc1.2016.07.074 describe thienopyrimidine derivatives; J
Med Chem 2014, 57, 1543-1556 describes hydroxy- and aminomethylpiperidine derivatives; and Future Med Chem 2014, 6, 447-462 reviews small molecule and peptidomimetic compounds. W02017112768 describes inhibitors of the menin-MLL
interaction.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention concerns novel compounds of Formula (I):
, 2 R

R \ _______ el S'N R2 (I), and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein Rl is selected from the group consisting of CH3, CH2F, CHF2, and CF3;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and CH3;
Ll represents a 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms provided that it is N-linked to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle; and --L2-R3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g), wherein (a) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >S02, >CR4aR4b, and -CHR4aCHR5-;
wherein (0 when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of Ll, then R4a and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6;
-NR7aR7b; -C(=0)NR7aR7b; C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R8, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
(ii) when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of Ll, then R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -C(=0)NR7aR7b; C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro,

- 4 --CN, -0R8, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6; -NR7aR7b;
-C(=0)NR7aR7b; Ci_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R8, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3_5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; wherein R6, R7a, R7b, R8, R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=0)NR10aRlOb; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -0R11 and -NR10aRlOb; wherein gioa, glob and R"
are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >cg4cg4d and -CHR4cCHR5a-, wherein g4c5 g4a5 and R5a are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4a1ky1; and R R
12a 12a I I
.si Ri2b ,Ge _Ri 2b -- '12c R3 is selected from the group consisting of R and R ;
wherein R12a, gin, and R12c are each independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_6a1ky1 optionally substituted with a ¨OH or a ¨NH2 substituent;
and -0Ci_6a1ky1; or (c) --L2-R3 is Ci_6a1ky1 optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents;
or (d) L2 is 0 and R3 is selected from the group consisting of C3_6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; Ar; Het'; Het2; a 7-to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; -CH2-Ar; -CH2-Het'; -CH2-Het2;

- 5 -and -CH2-(a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system); when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of Ll; or (e) --L2-R3 is ¨0-CHR5-R3 when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of Ll, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(=0)NR13aRl3b;
Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OR", and -NR15aRl5b; and C-linked 4-to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

wherein R13a, R13b5 R145 R15a and Risb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -C(=0)NR16aRl6b; and C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR' and -NR16aRl6b; wherein R16a5 R16b and K-17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_zialkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with one, two, or three fluoro substituents; -CN; Ar, Het'; Het2;
and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or R18a R181::. )........0 N
I 20 (f) --L2-R3 is R18 5 wherein R" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a fluoro or a ¨CN substituent; and C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of ¨OR' and ¨NR2 aR
20b; wherein V, R20a and R2 b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=0)NR2laR21b; C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of ¨0R22 and _NR2iaR21b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein R21a5 R2lb and K-.22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_zialkyl; and R"a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and Ci_zialkyl;

6 PCT/EP2017/073004 Ri" is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -0C1_4alkyl, and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R18a and Ri8b are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C3_5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; or N----.... S
-. -' N
(g) --L2-R3 is or ; and wherein Ar is phenyl or naphthyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, io _0R245 _NR25aR25b5 and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b, and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b;
Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of imidazothiazolyl, imidazoimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazo lyl, isobenzoxazo lyl, benziso xazo lyl, benzothiazo lyl, benzisothiazo lyl, isobenzofuranyl, indo lyl, iso indolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, indazo lyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazopyrazinyl, imidazopyridazinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected 5 _NR25aR25b5 from the group consisting of halo, -CN, _0R24 and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b, and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR', -NR25aR25b, and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b, and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b;
wherein R24, R25a, R25b, R26, R27a, and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from

- 7 -the group consisting of fluoro and -C(=0)NR28aR28b; and C2_4a1ky1 substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR' and ¨NR28aR28b; wherein R28a, R28b and K-29 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
C1_4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof;
provided that the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts, and solvates thereof are excluded:
0 r" (Co _________ N N
N
...N1 N
(----..) _--X
/ I N
F A_Cl F / F s....õ.
S N S N F
F F F
F F
Y
N
p rc N N
N
N
/

F I ....-N--....
S N

F / I N F /
S
F,../.. F
S-----N F
F
F
(CO /4---rl<F
N Ns y N
N
.........N
...:N
...:N
N
F{
F
/ F/ I /
I N N F I
S
S N S N F
F
F
F

- 8 -0 H _______ r<
H N

N N CN
SZ N
SZ
1\1 N
/ I NI / N
F/ / I LN F I
S-----N F/ s N
S---"N F
f FiF F
FF
rL. _ CN
N H IP
X
N
N
F)c(---X l / I N c---/L"

s N S-."-N
F F
F F
eiN
F
F S---"N
F
----( )------\ >r\
S-1( N
X oN
C
N C
N
/ ---) /cl c / "
1 " / 1 c(XLN
F(*-X
S N F
F FiF
F S N
F
F

- 9 -ri * H
N
\ NC
--N H N
N
N
X
F I
S N
C----)N
F

F F / 1 C----)N
sN
FF FV se CN CN
rCO
_ --N H NH

N ( )N
./I
F
6----)N S N
N F/
F
N)1-----_\
I \ N,j'X'__\, * CN
ON
0 CN ____ NH
N N
(.1 ( )N
(i----)N
N
e"-----", N
F/
S---N! / 1 FV se /-' F/F
N
N 1 \

H H
/

H
( ... .) H
N
N
N

F,,/
S N:- F
--",-Fr--F ' I -j / I
/ F
sN
c--.) F/---F
Fr.'F

- 10 -,>=o *
i NH2 ( (9 N N
(i----)N
C C"-N )N
' 1 F s_N F, /
F

S----N- F F ?'F S---N
F
F
0 CN rfi H -N H
N
N

N

C----)N
/
F/
F / S I
----NJ I N F s__,..N1 Fi F F
F
S N
F
F
NC

N ---\ ) \
6 b H N

N
N
/ I
/
F
FiF S--"'"N F./
F I
S F ---N- (----)1 N
scF7 FiF
H
'N

N
\ 0 N
Si N
/ \
N
N
(-N ---/L N
F/

S----N
F)c('- N
I ) F
F
F
F / C-rSN
S N
F
F

- 11 -N

i1 nN
nN
N N
N
N F/Ces--XLI F)c(*---XL
/ I N
F(----X
F /cL
/ I
S N S N
F
F F S
F
F
<\0 6 cc ( N

1\1----- c, \ 1\11 \ L-N--"----0 CF3 I \

NC
= ).-----\
,--' H N N
oN
QN
6----:1 0 NI-------. -D
L I \ CF3 HN N-----S
H
F/
/ I
S--"N F./
S----N
FiF F/F%
\
/ ( / ( 7 iN iN iN =
&N) 0 1\1---- N
\ L 1 \ N----S \OF
3 N Q µ-' CF3

- 12 -NC

(I) N
/ N

S N
F
F
It is to be understood that the above proviso applies to all embodiments of the present invention described hereinafter.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a .. therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
Additionally, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use as a medicament, and to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or in the prevention of cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.
In a particular embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or in the prevention of cancer.
In a specific embodiment said cancer is selected from leukemias, myeloma or a solid tumor cancer (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma, etc.). In some embodiments, the leukemias include acute leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MLL-rearranged leukemias, MLL-PTD leukemias, MLL amplified leukemias, MLL-positive leukemias, leukemias exhibiting HOXIMEIS1 gene expression signatures etc.

- 13 -The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, in combination with an additional pharmaceutical agent for use in the treatment or prevention of cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.
Furthermore, the invention relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, characterized in that a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof The invention also relates to a product comprising a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and an additional pharmaceutical agent, as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment or prevention of cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.
Additionally, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a cell proliferative disease in a warm-blooded animal which comprises administering to the said animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, as defined herein, or a pharmaceutical composition or combination as defined herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The term 'halo' or 'halogen' as used herein represents fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
The prefix `Cx_y' (where x and y are integers) as used herein refers to the number of carbon atoms in a given group. Thus, a C1_6alkyl group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a C3_6cycloalkyl group contains from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and so on.
The term `C1_4alkyr as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl and the like.
The term `C2_4alkyr as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, such as ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl and the like.
The term `C1_6alkyr as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as the groups defined for C1_4alkyl and n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylbutyl and the like.

- 14 -The term `C3_6alkyr as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms such as n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylbutyl and the like.
The term `C3_5cycloalkyr as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl.
The term `spirobicyclic' as used herein as group or part of a group represents cyclic systems wherein two cycles are joined at a single atom. Examples of these systems are 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic systems containing one or two N-atoms, wherein one of the nitrogen atoms is always linked to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle in the compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein. Such spirocyclic systems include, but are not limited to systems resulting from the combination of e.g.
piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine, and cyclobutane rings. Examples of such systems include, but are not limited to (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) below and the like 0N' cysiN cNIN- -O
N
N N N a i (d) i a (a) i a (b) a , (c) i N g a i (e) -..., N
N a a i (g) i (0 wherein a represents the position of linkage to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle. The skilled person will understand that in these particular examples, the options for --L2-R3 defined herein when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of Ll, apply to examples (a)-(f);
while the options for --L2-R3 defined herein when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of Ll, apply to example (g).
Examples of 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic systems include, but are not limited to , , ,

- 15 -====00 ====00 =====q0 .00 ___()0, - --%
, and the like.
In general, whenever the term 'substituted' is used in the present invention, it is meant, unless otherwise indicated or clear from the context, to indicate that one or more hydrogens, in particular from 1 to 4 hydrogens, more in particular from 1 to 3 hydrogens, preferably 1 or 2 hydrogens, more preferably 1 hydrogen, on the atom or radical indicated in the expression using 'substituted' are replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a chemically stable compound, i.e. a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture.
Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in chemically stable compounds. 'Stable compound' is meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture.
The skilled person will understand that when an atom or radical is substituted with 'a substituent', it is meant that the atom or radical referred to is substituted with one substituent selected from the indicated group.
The skilled person will understand that the term 'optionally substituted' means that the atom or radical indicated in the expression using 'optionally substituted' may or may not be substituted (this means substituted or unsubstituted respectively).
When two or more substituents are present on a moiety they may, where possible and unless otherwise indicated or clear from the context, replace hydrogens on the same atom or they may replace hydrogen atoms on different atoms in the moiety.
It will be clear for the skilled person that, unless otherwise is indicated or is clear from the context, a substituent on a heterocyclyl group may replace any hydrogen atom on a ring carbon atom or on a ring heteroatom.
Within the context of this invention 'saturated' means 'fully saturated', if not otherwise specified.

- 16 -A 'non-aromatic group' embraces unsaturated ring systems without aromatic character, partially saturated and fully saturated carbocyclic and heterocyclic ring systems. The term 'partially saturated' refers to rings wherein the ring structure(s) contain(s) at least one multiple bond e.g. a C=C, N=C bond. The term 'fully saturated' refers to rings where there are no multiple bonds between ring atoms. Thus, a 'non-aromatic heterocyclyl' is a non-aromatic monocyclic or bicyclic system, unless otherwise specified, having for example, 3 to 12 ring members, more usually 5 to 10 ring members. Examples of monocyclic groups are groups containing 4 to 7 ring members, more usually, 5 or 6 ring members. Examples of bicyclic groups are those containing 8 to 12, more usually 9 or .. 10 ring members.
Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl systems containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur (N, 0, S) include, but are not limited to 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl systems such as azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, .. morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl 1,1-dioxide, in particular azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, and thiomorpholiny. Non-limiting examples of bicyclic heterocyclyl systems containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur (N, 0, S) include, but are not limited to octahydro-1H-N
al H
or 8 indolyl, indolinyl, " . Unless otherwise specified, each can be bound to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) through any available ring carbon atom (C-linked) or nitrogen atom (N-linked), and may optionally be substituted, where possible, on carbon and/or nitrogen atoms according to the embodiments.
Examples of a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least .. one nitrogen atom include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl, bound to the rest of the molecule through an available carbon atom.
The term `C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom' as used herein alone or as part of another group, defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical containing an oxygen atom having from 4 to 6 ring members, such as oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl.
Whenever substituents are represented by chemical structure, `---' represents the bond of attachment to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I).

- 17 -Lines (such as `---') drawn into ring systems indicate that the bond may be attached to any of the suitable ring atoms.
Het' and Het2 may be attached to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) through any available ring carbon or nitrogen atom as appropriate, if not otherwise specified.
It will be clear that a saturated cyclic moiety may, where possible, have substituents on both carbon and N-atoms, unless otherwise is indicated or is clear from the context.
It will be clear that when L2 is >S02, this is equivalent to L2 is -SO2-. It will be clear R4a R4b 'I
that when L2 is >CR4aR4b, this is equivalent to L is -c- . For example, in compound 1, L2 is >CR4aR4b wherein both R4a and R4b are hydrogen.
4c 4d R
¨C-Similar, it will be clear that when L2 is >CR4cR4d, this is equivalent to L is .
When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent, each definition is independent.
When any variable occurs more than one time in any formula (e.g. Formula (I)), each definition is independent.
The term 'subject' as used herein, refers to an animal, preferably a mammal (e.g. cat, dog, primate or human), more preferably a human, who is or has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
The term 'therapeutically effective amount' as used herein, means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medicinal doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation or reversal of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
The term 'composition' is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
The term 'treatment', as used herein, is intended to refer to all processes wherein there may be a slowing, interrupting, arresting or stopping of the progression of a disease, but does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of all symptoms.
The term `compound(s) of the (present) invention' or `compound(s) according to the (present) invention' as used herein, is meant to include the compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof.

- 18 -As used herein, any chemical formula with bonds shown only as solid lines and not as solid wedged or hashed wedged bonds, or otherwise indicated as having a particular configuration (e.g. R, S) around one or more atoms, contemplates each possible stereoisomer, or mixture of two or more stereoisomers.
Hereinbefore and hereinafter, the term ' compound(s) of Formula (I)' is meant to include the tautomers thereof and the stereoisomeric forms thereof The terms `stereoisomers', `stereoisomeric forms' or `stereochemically isomeric forms' hereinbefore or hereinafter are used interchangeably.
The invention includes all stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention either as a pure stereoisomer or as a mixture of two or more stereoisomers.
Enantiomers are stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other.
A 1:1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a racemate or racemic mixture.
Atropisomers (or atropoisomers) are stereoisomers which have a particular spatial configuration, resulting from a restricted rotation about a single bond, due to large steric hindrance. All atropisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
Diastereomers (or diastereoisomers) are stereoisomers that are not enantiomers, i.e. they are not related as mirror images. If a compound contains a double bond, the substituents may be in the E or the Z configuration.
Substituents on bivalent cyclic saturated or partially saturated radicals may have either the cis- or trans-configuration; for example if a compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl group, the substituents may be in the cis or trans configuration.
Therefore, the invention includes enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof, whenever chemically possible.
The meaning of all those terms, i.e. enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof are known to the skilled person.
The absolute configuration is specified according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system. The configuration at an asymmetric atom is specified by either R or S. Resolved stereoisomers whose absolute configuration is not known can be designated by (+) or (-) depending on the direction in which they rotate plane polarized light. For instance, resolved enantiomers whose absolute configuration is not known can be designated by (+) or (-) depending on the direction in which they rotate plane polarized light.

- 19 -When a specific stereoisomer is identified, this means that said stereoisomer is substantially free, i.e. associated with less than 50%, preferably less than

20%, more preferably less than 10%, even more preferably less than 5%, in particular less than 2%
and most preferably less than 1%, of the other stereoisomers. Thus, when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as (R), this means that the compound is substantially free of the (5) isomer; when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as E, this means that the compound is substantially free of the Z
isomer; when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as cis, this means that the compound is substantially free of the trans isomer.
Some of the compounds according to Formula (I) may also exist in their tautomeric form.
Such forms in so far as they may exist, although not explicitly indicated in the above Formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention. It follows that a single compound may exist in both stereoisomeric and tautomeric form.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts and base addition salts.
Such salts may be formed by conventional means, for example by reaction of a free acid or a free base form with one or more equivalents of an appropriate base or acid, optionally in a solvent, or in a medium in which the salt is insoluble, followed by removal of said solvent, or said medium, using standard techniques (e.g. in vacuo, by freeze-drying or by filtration). Salts may also be prepared by exchanging a counter-ion of a compound of the invention in the form of a salt with another counter-ion, for example using a suitable ion exchange resin.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts as mentioned hereinabove or hereinafter are meant to comprise the therapeutically active non-toxic acid and base salt forms which the compounds of Formula (I) and solvates thereof, are able to form.
.. Appropriate acids comprise, for example, inorganic acids such as hydrohalic acids, e.g.
hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric and the like acids; or organic acids such as, for example, acetic, propanoic, hydroxyacetic, lactic, pyruvic, oxalic (i.e. ethanedioic), malonic, succinic (i.e. butanedioic acid), maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclamic, salicylic, p-aminosalicylic, pamoic and the like acids. Conversely said salt forms can be converted by treatment with an appropriate base into the free base form.
The compounds of Formula (I) and solvates thereof containing an acidic proton may also be converted into their non-toxic metal or amine salt forms by treatment with appropriate organic and inorganic bases.

Appropriate base salt forms comprise, for example, the ammonium salts, the alkali and earth alkaline metal salts, e.g. the lithium, sodium, potassium, cesium, magnesium, calcium salts and the like, salts with organic bases, e.g. primary, secondary and tertiary aliphatic and aromatic amines such as methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, the four butylamine isomers, dimethylamine, diethylamine, diethanolamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, di-n-butylamine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, quinuclidine, pyridine, quinoline and isoquinoline; the benzathine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, hydrabamine salts, and salts with amino acids such as, for example, arginine, lysine and the like. Conversely the salt form can be converted by treatment with acid into the free acid form.
The term solvate comprises the solvent addition forms as well as the salts thereof, which the compounds of Formula (I) are able to form. Examples of such solvent addition forms are e.g. hydrates, alcoholates and the like.
The compounds of the invention as prepared in the processes described below may be synthesized in the form of mixtures of enantiomers, in particular racemic mixtures of enantiomers, that can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures. A manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically.
Preferably if a specific stereoisomer is desired, said compound would be synthesized by stereospecific methods of preparation. These methods will advantageously employ enantiomerically pure starting materials.
The present invention also embraces isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature (or the most abundant one found in nature).
All isotopes and isotopic mixtures of any particular atom or element as specified herein are contemplated within the scope of the compounds of the invention, either naturally occurring or synthetically produced, either with natural abundance or in an isotopically enriched form. Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as 2H5 3H5 HC5 13c5 '4C, 13N5 1505 1705

- 21 -35s5 18F5 36C15 12215 12315 12515 131-5 1 75131.5 76131.5 77Br and 82Br. Preferably, the radioactive isotope is selected from the group of2H,3H, "C and 18F. More preferably, the radioactive isotope is 2H. In particular, deuterated compounds are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) may be useful for example in substrate tissue distribution assays.
Tritiated (3H) and carbon-14 (14C) isotopes are useful for their ease ofpreparation and detectability.
Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Thus, in a particular embodiment of the present invention, R2 is selected from hydrogen or deuterium, in particular deuterium. In another embodiment, L2 can be >C(2H)2. Positron emitting isotopes such as 150, 13N5 "C and 18F are useful for positron emission tomography (PET) studies. PET imaging in cancer finds utility in helping locate and identify tumours, stage the disease and determine suitable treatment. Human cancer cells overexpress many receptors or proteins that are potential disease-specific molecular targets. Radiolabelled tracers that bind with high affinity and specificity to such receptors or proteins on tumour cells have great potential for diagnostic imaging and targeted radionuclide therapy (Charron, Carlie L. et al. Tetrahedron Lett.
2016, 57(37), 4119-4127). Additionally, target-specific PET radiotracers may be used as biomarkers to examine and evaluate pathology, by for example, measuring target expression and treatment response (Austin R. et al. Cancer Letters (2016), doi:
10.1016/j.canlet.2016.05.008).
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the embodiments, wherein also the following compound and pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts, and solvates thereof, are excluded:
OH
&
N N
N 0 NC) F H
__________ / I N
/
S----N
FiF

- 22 -The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the embodiments, wherein the intermediates and compounds described in W02017/112768, in as far as they are covered by the present invention, are excluded.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein Rl is CF3;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and CH3;
Ll represents a 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms provided that it is N-linked to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle; and --L2-R3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (f) or (g), wherein (a) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >CR4aR4b, and -CHR4aCHR5-;
wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of Ll; R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -C(=0)NR7aR7b; Ci_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -0R8, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6; and Ci_4a1ky1;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-5cyc1oa1ky1 or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; wherein R6, R7a, R7b, R8, R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR" and -NR10aRlOb; wherein R10a5 RlOb and R"
are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and Ci_4a1ky1; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is >CR4cR4d, wherein R4c and Wid are hydrogen; and

- 23 -R12a I
,Ge......R12b -- 1 R3 is R12c ; wherein R', R12b, and R12c are C1_6alkyl 1; or (c) --L2-R3 is Ci_6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents;
Or (d) L2 is 0 and R3 is -CH2-Ar; or R18a R18Ic )........") N
I 5 (f) --L2-R3 is R 18 5 wherein R" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C1_4alkyl;
R18a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and fluoro;
R18b is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -0C1_4alkyl, and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R18a and R18b are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C3_5cycloalkyl; or CcN..) N----...
(g) --L2-R3 is ; and wherein Ar is phenyl which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -0R24, and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with -0R26;
Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of indolyl, imidazopyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -0R24, and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -CN, -0R26, and -NR27aR271); and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, and Ci_4alkyl optionally substituted with -0R26;

- 24 -wherein R245 R265 R27a5 and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1; and C2_4alkyl substituted with ¨NR28aR28b; wherein .. R28a and R28b are hydrogen;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein (a) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >S02, >CR4aR4b5 and -CHR4aCHR5-;
wherein (i) when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of Ll, then R4a and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6;
-NR7aR7b; -C(=0)NR7aR7b; Ci_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR% and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
(ii) when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of Ll, then R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -C(=0)NR7aR7b; Ci_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -01e, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6; -NR7aR7b;
-C(=0)NR7aR7b; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR% and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or >CR4aR4b form a >C3_5cycloalkanediy1 or a >C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclediyl containing an oxygen atom; wherein R6, R7a, R7b, R8, R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=0)NR10aRlOb; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR" and -NR10aRlOb; wherein

- 25 -Rioa, Riob and R"
are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C1_4alkyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >cR4cR4d and -CHR4cCHR5a-, wherein R4c5 R4a5 and R5a are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1_4alkyl; and R
12a R 12a I I
.si Ri2b ,Ge_R12b -- '12c -- '12c R3 is selected from the group consisting of R and R ;
wherein Rua, R12b5 and R12c are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1_6alkyl optionally substituted with a ¨OH or a ¨NH2 substituent;
Or (C) --L2-R3 is C1_6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents;
Or (d) L2 is 0 and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, He-0; -CH2-Ar, -CH2-Het', and -CH2-(a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system);
when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of Ll; or N

(e) --L2-R3 is selected from the group consisting of R 5 wherein R" is hydrogen; or cr:1:/1, N----...õ S
..---N
(0 --L2-R3 is Or ; and wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b, and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b;
Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl

- 26 -selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b5 and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl;
wherein R265 R27a5 and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein Rl is selected from the group consisting of CH3, CH2F, CHF2, and CF3;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and CH3;
Ll represents a 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms provided that it is N-linked to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle; and --L2-R3 is selected from (a), (b), (d), (e), or (f), wherein (a) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >S02, >CR4aR4b, and -CHR4aCHR5-;
wherein (0 when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of Ll, then R4a and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6;
-NR7aR7b; -C(=0)NR7aR7b; Ci_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR% and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
(ii) when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of Ll, then R4a is selected from the group consisting of -C(=0)NR7aR7b; Ci_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -01e, and

- 27 --NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6; -NR7aR7b;
-C(=0)NR7aR7b; Ci_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R8, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3_5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; wherein R6, R7a, R7b, R8, R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=0)NR10aRlOb; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -0R11 and -NR10aRlOb; wherein Rioa, RlOb and R"
are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >cR4cR4d and -CHR4cCHR5a-, wherein R4c5 R4a5 and R5a are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4a1ky1; and R R
12a 12a I I
.si Ri2b ,Ge _Ri 2b -- '12c R3 is selected from the group consisting of R and R ;
wherein R12a, Rim, and R12c are each independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_6a1ky1 optionally substituted with a ¨OH or a ¨NH2 substituent;
and -0Ci_6a1ky1; or (d) L2 is 0 and R3 is selected from the group consisting of C3_6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; Ar; Het'; Het2; a 7-to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; -CH2-Ar; -CH2-Het'; -CH2-Het2;
and -CH2-(a 7-to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system); when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1; or (e) --L2-R3 is ¨0-CHR5-R3 when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1, wherein

- 28 -R5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(=0)NR13aRl3b;
Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OR", and -NR15aRl5b; and C-linked 4-to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
wherein R13a, R13b5 R145 R15a and Risb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -C(=0)NR16aRl6b; and C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR' and -NR16aRl6b; wherein R16a5 R16b and K-17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_zialkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with one, two, or three fluoro substituents; -CN; Ar, Het'; Het2;
and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or R18a R181::. )........0 N
I (0 --L2-R3 is R18 5 wherein R" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a fluoro or a ¨CN substituent; and C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of ¨OR' and ¨NR2 aR
20b; wherein V, R20a and R2 b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=0)NR2laR21b; C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of ¨0R22 and _NR2iaR21b; and c _ linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein R21a5 R2lb and K-.22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_zialkyl; and R"a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and Ci_zialkyl;
Ri" is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -0Ci_4a1ky1, and Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or

- 29 -R18a and Ri8b are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C3_5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom;
and wherein Ar is phenyl or naphthyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR', -NR25aR25b5 and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b, and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b;
Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of imidazothiazolyl, imidazoimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazo lyl, isobenzoxazo lyl, benziso xazo lyl, benzothiazo lyl, benzisothiazo lyl, isobenzofuranyl, indo lyl, iso indolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, indazo lyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazopyrazinyl, imidazopyridazinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected 5 _NR25aR25b5 from the group consisting of halo, -CN, _0R24 and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b5 and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR', _NR25 aR2 5 b 5 and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b, and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b;
wherein R24, R25a, R25b, R26, R27a, and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -C(=0)NR28aR28b; and C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -0R29 and ¨NR28aR28b;
wherein R28a, R28b and K-29 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
C1_4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

- 30 -The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein R1 is CF3;
(a) L2 is >cg4ag4b; wherein R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -C(=0)NR7aR7b;
Ci_4a1ky1; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; wherein R7a and R7b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1; and C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of-OR'1 and -NR10aRlOb; wherein gioa, glob and R"
are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4a1ky1; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is >cg4cg4d5 wherein R4c and Wid are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4a1ky1; and R12a R12a I I
.Sj R12b ,GeRi 2b -- '12c R3 is selected from the group consisting of R and R ;
wherein R12a, gin, and R12c are each independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_6a1ky1 optionally substituted with a ¨NH2 substituent; or (c) --L2-R3 is Ci_6a1ky1 optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; or (d) L2 is 0 and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', -CH2-Ar, -CH2-Het', and -CH2-(a 7-to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system);
when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1; or '0.........0 N

(e) --L2-R3 is selected from the group consisting of R 5 wherein R18 is hydrogen; or

-31 -Cri:1:/1µ
N----.... S
-. -' N
(0 --L2-R3 is or ; and wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with a halo substituent;
Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, and 4-or 5-thiazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR27aR27b5 and ¨C(=0)NR27aR27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl;
wherein R265 R27a5 and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein Rl is CF3;
1_,1 represents a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) i ' O
i 0N ciNil yiN" -N N N N
i a (a) i a (b) a , (c) a i (d)

- 32 -, Q i g --.., N N N
a i (e) a i (f) a i (g) wherein a represents the position of linkage to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle;
(a) L2 is >CH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) --L2-R3 is C1_6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with a halo substituent; and Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of 4-, 5-or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, and 4-or 5-thiazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one or two sub stituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and Ci_4alkyl;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.
The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein Rl is CF3;
R2 is hydrogen;
Ll represents a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) i 0N ciNil yiN" -O
N N N N
i a (a) i a (b) a , (c) a i (d)

- 33 -, Q i g --.., N N N
a i (e) a i (0 a i (g) wherein a represents the position of linkage to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle;
(a) L2 is >CH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) --L2-R3 is C1_6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with a halo substituent; and Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of 4-, 5-or 6-.. pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, and imidazolyl;
or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1_4alkyl;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof Another embodiment of the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments wherein one or more of the following restrictions apply:
(a) Rl is CF3;
(b) R2 is hydrogen;
(c) Ll is a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) as defined herein;
(d) Ll is a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) as defined herein;
(e) Ll is a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms selected from the group consisting of (c) and (e);

- 34 -(f) L2 is >CH2;
(g) L2 is >CH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system;
'0.........0 N

(h) --L2-R3 is selected from the group consisting of R 5 N , , N N
1 ' , I , , 1 ¨0 F
N N N

R

F----.4 ),.......,0 Ct...,0 1 ' , 1 , , , and R18 ; wherein 5 R" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a fluoro or ¨CN substituent; and C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of ¨OR' and ¨NR2 aR
20b; wherein R19, R20a and R2 b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci_4a1ky1 optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=0)NR2laR21b; C2_4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of ¨0R22 and _NR2iaR21b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein R21a, R2lb and K-.22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4a1ky1;
(i) Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one or two independently selected halo substituents;
(j) Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one halo substituent;
(k) Ar is phenyl;
(1) Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, and

- 35 -pyrazinyl; or is a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1_4a1kyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R25, -NR261R26b, and ¨C(=0)NR261R26b; wherein R25, R26a5 and R26b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1_4alkyl;
(m) Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl; or is a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1_4a1kyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -CN, -OR25, -NR261R26b5 and ¨C(=0)NR261R26b; wherein R25, R26a5 and R26b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1_4alkyl;
(n) Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl; or is a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1_4a1kyl;
(o) Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridazinyl, 4-5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with a halo substituent;
(p) Het' is a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridiny1-6-y1 or imidazo[1,2-a]pyridiny1-2-y1;
(q) 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system is in particular =
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein RI is CF3.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein RI is CF3, and wherein R2 is hydrogen.

- 36 -In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted according to any of the other embodiments.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L'.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (a).
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (b).
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (c).
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (d).
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (e).
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (f).
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (g).
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (a); (b), (d), (e) or (f);
and R4a is other than hydrogen.In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates

- 37 -thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a) or (f); and R4a is other than hydrogen.In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a); and R4a is other than hydrogen.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a); and when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of L' then R4a is other than hydrogen.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a) or (f);
and when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of LI then R4a is other than hydrogen.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), (b), (d), (e) or (f);
and when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of L' then R4a is other than hydrogen.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein LI represents =
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a); R3 is Het' or Het2.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a); R3 is Het'.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a); R3 is Het'; and Het' is azetidinyl optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

- 38 -In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-IV is (a); IV is Het' or Het2;
.. Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, and imidazolyl;
each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, _NR251R25b5 and Ci_zialkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -.. CN, -OR265 _NR271R27b5 and ¨C(=0)NR271R27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and piperidinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, _0R245 _NR251R25b5 and Ci_zialkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R265 _NR271R27b5 and ¨C(=0)NR271R27b.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Ar is phenyl which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, _0R245 _NR251R25b5 and Ci_zialkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR265 _NR271R27b5 and ¨C(=0)NR271R27b;
Het' is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or .. 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR245 _NR251R25b5 and Ci_zialkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R26, -NR271R27b5 and ¨C(=0)NR271R27b; and Het2 is a monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -0R245 _NR251R25b5 and Ci_zialkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR265 _NR271R27b5 and ¨C(=0)NR271R27b.

- 39 -In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is selected from the group consisting of >CR41R4b, and -CHR4aCHR5-; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of I);
R4a is selected from the group consisting of -C(=0)NR71R7b; and C-linked 4- to membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
.. R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6; -NR7aR7b;
-C(=0)NR71R7b; C1_4a1kyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R8, and -NR9aR9b;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is >CR41R4b; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of LI;
R4a is selected from the group consisting of -C(=0)NR71R7b; and C-linked 4- to membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is hydrogen; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof

- 40 -as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is >CR41R4b; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of I);
R4a is selected from the group consisting of -C(=0)NR71R7b; and C-linked 4- to membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is hydrogen; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, and Het2.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is selected from the group consisting of >CR41R4b, and -CHR4aCHR5-; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of I);
R4a is -C(=0)NR71R7b;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6; -NR7aR7b;
-C(=0)NR71R7b; C1_4a1kyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R8, and -NR9aR9b;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is >CR4aR4b; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of LI;
R4a is -C(=0)NR71R7b;

-41 -R4b is hydrogen; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is >CR41R4b; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of I);
R4a is -C(=0)NR71R7b;
R4b is hydrogen; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, and Het2.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is selected from the group consisting of >CR41R4b, and -CHR4aCHR5-; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of I);
R4a is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -0R6; -NR71R7b;
-C(=0)NR71R7b; C1_4a1kyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -0R8, and -NR9aR9b;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof

- 42 -as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is >CR41R4b; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of I);
R4a is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is hydrogen; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het', Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is (a), wherein L2 is >CR41R4b; wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of I);
R4a is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is hydrogen; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, and Het2.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom ofLl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is selected from the group consisting of

- 43 -¨0 '0.........0 Z )......, )......"0 N N
I , , , N
I
F
1 F __ 18 Ri8 R18 R , , F

N , N
I , , I , R18 ,and R18 5.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein --L2-R3 is selected from the group consisting of ¨o ).......eo )......., N N
N

' 8 R 18 F F
F
N N

RI
R 18 ,and 18 5=
wherein V is hydrogen or methyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein L' represents a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), and (i) O
i 0N ciNil yiN" -N N N N
i a (a) i a (b) a , (c) a i (d) i 1 Q i N
g ) --... .---N N N
a i (e) a i (0 a i (g) a 1 (h)

- 44 -a' (i) wherein a represents the position of linkage to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het2 is monocyclic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents as described in the other embodiments.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl selected from azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, coN
N H
and tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl 1,1-dioxide, each of which are optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents as described in the other embodiments.
In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl selected from 0 N /0 \ /N \

NH
each of which are optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents as described in the other embodiments.

- 45 -Particular compounds of Formula (I) are compounds 82, 84, 273, and 274, including the stereoisomeric forms, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in particular the hydrochloride salts thereof, and the solvates thereof.
Particular compounds of Formula (I) are compounds 82, 84, 273, and 274.
In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds, and the free bases, the pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts, and the solvates thereof.
All possible combinations of the above-indicated embodiments are considered to be .. embraced within the scope of this invention.
METHODS FOR THE PREPARATION OF COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (I) In this section, as in all other sections unless the context indicates otherwise, references to Formula (I) also include all other sub-groups and examples thereof as defined herein.
The general preparation of some typical examples of the compounds of Formula (I) is described hereunder and in the specific examples, and are generally prepared from starting materials which are either commercially available or prepared by standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art. The following schemes are only meant to represent examples of the invention and are in no way meant to be a limit of the invention.
Alternatively, compounds of the present invention may also be prepared by analogous reaction protocols as described in the general schemes below, combined with standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art of organic chemistry.
The skilled person will realize that in the reactions described in the Schemes, although this is not always explicitly shown, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups (for example hydroxy, amino, or carboxy groups) where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. For example in Scheme 1, the NH moiety on the Ll N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms can be protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl protecting group. In general, conventional protecting groups can be used in accordance with standard practice. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art. This is illustrated in the specific examples.

- 46 -The skilled person will realize that in the reactions described in the Schemes, it may be advisable or necessary to perform the reaction under an inert atmosphere, such as for example under N2-gas atmosphere.
It will be apparent for the skilled person that it may be necessary to cool the reaction mixture before reaction work-up (refers to the series of manipulations required to isolate and purify the product(s) of a chemical reaction such as for example quenching, column chromatography, extraction).
The skilled person will realize that heating the reaction mixture under stirring may enhance the reaction outcome. In some reactions microwave heating may be used instead of conventional heating to shorten the overall reaction time.
The skilled person will realize that another sequence of the chemical reactions shown in the Schemes below, may also result in the desired compound of Formula (I).
The skilled person will realize that intermediates and final compounds shown in the Schemes below may be further functionalized according to methods well-known by the person skilled in the art. The intermediates and compounds described herein can be isolated in free form or as a salt.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein all variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention, can be prepared according to the following reaction - - NN - -Scheme 1. In Scheme 1, represents L1 as a 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing two N-atoms and which is N-linked to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle, LG1 and LG2 each represent a suitable leaving group, such as for example halo or methanesulfonyl; PG' represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl; R3a¨PG2 represents an R3 as defined in Formula (I) with an appropriate protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl, when the R3 substituent bears an amino group. The X in formula (XI) represents CH or N (in formula (XI) L2 can be linked to a carbon or a N-atom).
All other variables in Scheme 1 are defined according to the scope of the present invention.
In Scheme 1, the following reaction conditions apply:

- 47 -LG _____________________________________________________________________ S

I
N
yN yN (II) (IV) RI
H_Nx-L2-R3 L 2 r< 2 LG2., 2,R3..! 2 (XI) 2 NN L PG
(VII) Ri Ri H
(V
NyN (I) 3 NyN
(v) 7 Ri ell"R3 (X) S yN N=CH-R3 NN (v) 1: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90 C, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or ethanol;
2: at a suitable temperature range such as for example from 0 C to room temperature, in the presence of suitable cleavage conditions, such as for example an acid such as HC1 or trifluoroacetic acid in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or dichloromethane when PG' is tert-butyloxycarbonyl;
Alternatively, at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature in a suitable solvent such as acetic acid 3: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or reflux, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate or 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or DMSO;
4: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 90 C, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate or 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or DMSO;
5: at a suitable reaction temperature range such as for example from 0 C to room temperature, in the presence of suitable cleavage conditions, such as for example an acid

- 48 -such as HC1 or trifluoroactic acid in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or dichloromethane when PG2 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl.
6: at a suitable temperature such as for example at room temperature, eventually in the presence of a suitable base such as for example trimethylamine or a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example anhydrous dichloromethane, dichloroethane or tetrahydropyrane;
7: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc)3, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane or tetrahydropyran; yielding a compound of Formula (I) wherein L1 is a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing two N-atoms and L2 is CH2.
Steps 6 and 7 can conveniently be performed as a one-pot procedure.
Alternativelly, step 6 and 7 can be performed in the presence of a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid, a suitable catalyst such as platinium oxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example ethanol at a suitable temperature such as for exemple 60 C;
8: at a suitable temperature such as for example at 90 C, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol. In step 8, reagent of Formula (XI), X represents CH or N, and L2 and R3 are as defined according to the scope of the invention. Reagents of Formula (XI) are either commercially available or can be prepared by methods known to the skilled person from commercially available starting materials, e.g. by appropriate protection/deprotection steps and functional group interconversion, from starting materials, such as 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-ol (CAS[1256352-97-2]).

Intermediates of Formula (II), wherein R2 is methyl, can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 2, wherein LG1 represents a suitable leaving group, such as for example halo or methanesulfonyl. All other variables in Scheme 2 are defined according to the scope of the present invention.
In Scheme 2, the following reaction conditions apply:

- 49 -R R R Ri So -3im=

ONH N H2 (X) ONH N H2 (XI) Ny N (xii) N N
y (mu) NH2 cH3 cH3 cH3 1: at a suitable temperature such as for example at reflux temperature, in the presence of acetic anhydride and a suitable base such as for example trimethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example toluene;
2: at a suitable temperature such as for example at reflux temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium hydroxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example ethanol;
3: under suitable reaction conditions to form a leaving group, such as for example, chloro, for example by reaction with phosphoryl trichloride at a suitable temperature such as 110 C.

In general, compounds of Formula (I-a) wherein the variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention, but wherein L2 is limited to L2a (the options that can be obtained by this Scheme), can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 3. All other variables in Scheme 3 are defined according to the scope of the present invention or as defined before.
In Scheme 3, the following reaction conditions apply:

- 50 -.?........r.,N N-H
I
N.õ.....e.
I 2 (V) R

R4a)y3 a....õ.1, I

(AV) (XV) R4a R4a ..,...,(N N

S .............1.......,N N

S¨ 3 N,,,,,,,,õ N N,....e.õ N
(XVI) R
\ /

.,..-- " 2 ....-R3 L a I
N..,,,,,,,õ N (I-a) R
1: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 45 C, in the presence of titanium (IV) ethoxide or titanium (IV) isopropoxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, dichloroethane or a mixture of dichloroethane and methanol;
Alternatively, at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, with or without a suitable acid such as for example trifluoroacetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane;
2: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducting agent such as for example sodium borohydride, sodium

-51 -triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, dichloroethane or a mixture of dichloroethane and methanol;
Steps 1 and 2 can be performed as a one-pot procedure.

In general, compounds of Formula (I-b) wherein R4a. is rectricted to R4a1 being C1_4alkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 4. In Scheme 4, halo means chloro, bromo or iodo. All other variables in Scheme 4 are defined according to the scope of the present invention or as defined before.
In Scheme 4, the following reaction conditions apply:

R
Sfl SyN
CN-H
N=\ 3 __________________________________________ 31. IN
N

(V) (W111) r,4a1 , ¨LI
R4a1 _____________________________ Syr(MON_( Halo R3 4a1 N
R ¨Mg (I-b) 00() 1: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 45 C, in the presence of titanium (IV) ethoxide or titanium (IV) isopropoxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyran;
2: at a suitable temperature ranged from 0 C to room temperature, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofurane.
Steps 1 and 2 can be performed as a one-pot procedure.

- 52 -In general, compounds of Formula (Ic) wherein R3 is rectricted to R3' being R18a can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 5. All other variables in Scheme 5 are defined according to the scope of the present invention or as defined before.
In Scheme 5, L2 is linked to a N-atom of LI.
In Scheme 5, the following reaction conditions apply:
R18a S$yN N-H (XXI) S
LLL2R3c NN (IC) (V) 1: at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid coupling agent, such as for example 14bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-benzotriazoliumhexafluorophosphate(1-)3-oxide (HBTU) or 1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo [4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU), in the presence of a suitable base such as for example N-ethyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-2-propanamine (DIPEA), in a suitable solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF);

In general, compounds of Formula (Id) wherein L2 is rectricted to SO2, can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 6. All other variables in Scheme 6 are defined according to the scope of the present invention or as defined before. In Scheme 6, L2 (>S02 in Scheme 6) is linked to a N-atom of LI.
In Scheme 6, the following reaction conditions apply:

- 53 -Ri Ri S ----- N
/
I

II
CI¨R3 II

¨a L 1 0 ...../ .., //
S
il i 3 N.......õ... 1 R
R
N) (Id) 1: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile.

In general, compounds of Formula (le) and (If) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 7.Both in (le) and (If) the L2 part of the molecule is linked to a nitrogen atom of LI. All other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention or as defined before.
In Scheme 7, the following reaction conditions apply:

R4a >R
R1 Ri R4b I
-.........r R4b SyN N-H
$ Li ...............,R
(0(111) $ and/or s / ¨a S Ll I
OH
I 2 N,.......

R

(V) R
(le) (If) 1: at a suitable temperature such as for example 60 C, in a suitable solvent such as for example ethanol.
It will be appreciated that where appropriate functional groups exist, compounds of various formulae or any intermediates used in their preparation may be further derivatised by one or more standard synthetic methods employing condensation, substitution, oxidation, reduction, or cleavage reactions. Particular substitution approaches include conventional alkylation, arylation,

- 54 -heteroarylation, acylation, sulfonylation, halogenation, nitration, formylation and coupling procedures.
The compounds of Formula (I) may be synthesized in the form of racemic mixtures of enantiomers which can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures. The racemic compounds of Formula (I) containing a basic nitrogen atom may be converted into the corresponding diastereomeric salt forms by reaction with a suitable chiral acid. Said diastereomeric salt forms are subsequently separated, for example, by selective or fractional crystallization and the enantiomers are liberated therefrom by alkali. An alternative manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically.
In the preparation of compounds of the present invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary or secondary amine) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups (NH-Pg) include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th ed., Wiley, Hoboken, New Jersey, 2007.
PHARMACOLOGY
It has been found that the compounds of the present invention block the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins. Therefore the compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds may be useful for the treatment or prevention, in particular treatment, of diseases such as cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.
In particular, the compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of cancer.
According to one embodiment, cancers that may benefit from a treatment with menin/MLL
inhibitors of the invention comprise leukemias, myeloma or a solid tumor cancer (e.g.
prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma, etc.). In some embodiments, the leukemias include acute

- 55 -leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MLL-rearranged leukemias, MLL-PTD leukemias, MLL amplified leukemias, MLL-positive leukemias, leukemias exphibiting HOXIMEIS1 gene expression signatures etc.
Hence, the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I), the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, for use as a medicament.
The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for the manufacture of a medicament.
The present invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for use in the treatment, prevention, amelioration, control or reduction of the risk of disorders associated with the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins in a mammal, including a human, the treatment or prevention of which is affected or facilitated by blocking the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL
fusion proteins.
Also, the present invention relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for the manufacture of a medicament for treating, preventing, ameliorating, controlling or reducing the risk of disorders associated with the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins in a mammal, including a human, the treatment or prevention of which is affected or facilitated by blocking the interaction of menin with MLL
proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins.
The invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

- 56 -The invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in treating or preventing any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.
The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a .. stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of any one of the disease conditions mentioned hereinbefore.
The compounds of the present invention can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned .. hereinbefore.
In view of the utility of the compounds of Formula (I), the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, there is provided a method of treating warm-blooded animals, including humans, suffering from any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.
.. Said method comprises the administration, i.e. the systemic or topical administration, preferably oral administration, of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, to warm-blooded animals, including humans.
Therefore, the invention also relates to a method for the treatment or prevention of any .. one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention to a patient in need thereof One skilled in the art will recognize that a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the present invention is the amount sufficient to have therapeutic activity and that this amount varies inter alias, depending on the type of disease, the concentration of the compound in the therapeutic formulation, and the condition of the patient. Generally, the amount of a compound of the present invention to be administered as a therapeutic agent for treating the disorders referred to herein will be determined on a case by case by an attending physician.
Those of skill in the treatment of such diseases could determine the effective therapeutic daily amount from the test results presented hereinafter. An effective therapeutic daily amount would be from about 0.005 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, in particular 0.005 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, in particular 0.01 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg body weight, more in particular from 0.01 mg/kg to 25 mg/kg body weight, preferably from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg, more preferably from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, even more preferably from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg, most preferably from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 1

- 57 -mg/kg body weight. A particular effective therapeutic daily amount might be 1 mg/kg body weight, 2 mg/kg body weight, 4 mg/kg body weigth, or 8 mg/kg body weight.
The amount of a compound according to the present invention, also referred to herein as the active ingredient, which is required to achieve a therapeutically effect may vary on case-by-case basis, for example with the particular compound, the route of administration, the age and condition of the recipient, and the particular disorder or disease being treated. A
method of treatment may also include administering the active ingredient on a regimen of between one and four intakes per day. In these methods of treatment the compounds according to the invention are preferably formulated prior to administration.
As described herein below, suitable pharmaceutical formulations are prepared by known procedures using well known and readily available ingredients.
The present invention also provides compositions for preventing or treating the disorders referred to herein. Said compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical composition. Accordingly, the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to the present invention, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The carrier or diluent must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the composition and not deleterious to the recipients thereof The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy, for example, using methods such as those described in Gennaro et al. Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, 1990, see especially Part 8 : Pharmaceutical preparations and their Manufacture). A therapeutically effective amount of the particular compound, in base form or salt form, as the active ingredient is combined in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, which may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. These pharmaceutical compositions are desirably in unitary dosage form suitable, preferably, for systemic administration such as oral, percutaneous or parenteral administration; or topical administration such as via inhalation, a nose spray, eye drops or via a cream, gel, shampoo or the like. For example, in preparing the compositions in oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations such as

- 58 -suspensions, syrups, elixirs and solutions: or solid carriers such as starches, sugars, kaolin, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like in the case of powders, pills, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease in administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form, in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. For parenteral compositions, the carrier will usually comprise sterile water, at least in large part, though other ingredients, for example, to aid solubility, may be included. Injectable solutions, for example, may be prepared in which the carrier comprises saline solution, glucose solution or a mixture of saline and glucose solution. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like may be employed.
In the compositions suitable for percutaneous administration, the carrier optionally comprises a penetration enhancing agent and/or a suitable wettable agent, optionally combined with suitable additives of any nature in minor proportions, which additives do not cause any significant deleterious effects on the skin. Said additives may facilitate the administration to the skin and/or may be helpful for preparing the desired compositions.
These compositions may be administered in various ways, e.g., as a transdermal patch, as a spot-on or as an ointment.
It is especially advantageous to formulate the aforementioned pharmaceutical compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
Dosage unit form as used in the specification and claims herein refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active ingredient calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. Examples of such dosage unit forms are tablets (including scored or coated tablets), capsules, pills, powder packets, wafers, injectable solutions or suspensions, teaspoonfuls, tablespoonfuls and the like, and segregated multiples thereof.
The present compounds can be used for systemic administration such as oral, percutaneous or parenteral administration; or topical administration such as via inhalation, a nose spray, eye drops or via a cream, gel, shampoo or the like.
The compounds are preferably orally administered. The exact dosage and frequency of administration depends on the particular compound of Formula (I) used, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, sex, extent of disorder and general physical condition of the particular patient as well as other medication the individual may be taking, as is well known to those skilled in the art.
Furthermore, it is evident that said effective daily amount may be lowered or increased

- 59 -depending on the response of the treated subject and/or depending on the evaluation of the physician prescribing the compounds of the instant invention.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents. Combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation which contains a compound according to the present invention and one or more additional therapeutic agents, as well as administration of the compound according to the present invention and each additional therapeutic agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation.
For example, a compound according to the present invention and a therapeutic agent may be administered to the patient together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent may be administered in separate oral dosage formulations.
Therefore, an embodiment of the present invention relates to a product containing as first active ingredient a compound according to the invention and as further active ingredient one or more anticancer agent, as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment of patients suffering from cancer.
The one or more other medicinal agents and the compound according to the present invention may be administered simultaneously (e.g. in separate or unitary compositions) or sequentially in either order. In the latter case, the two or more compounds will be administered within a period and in an amount and manner that is sufficient to ensure that an advantageous or synergistic effect is achieved. It will be appreciated that the preferred method and order of administration and the respective dosage amounts and regimes for each component of the combination will depend on the particular other medicinal agent and compound of the present invention being administered, their route of administration, the particular condition, in particular tumour being treated and the particular host being treated. The optimum method and order of administration and the dosage amounts and regime can be readily determined by those skilled in the art using conventional methods and in view of the information set out herein.
The weight ratio of the compound according to the present invention and the one or more other anticancer agent(s) when given as a combination may be determined by the person skilled in the art. Said ratio and the exact dosage and frequency of administration depends on the particular compound according to the invention and the other anticancer agent(s) used, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, gender, diet, time of administration and general physical condition of the particular patient, the mode of administration as well as other medication the individual may be taking, as is well known to those skilled in the art.
Furthermore, it is evident that the effective daily amount may be lowered or increased depending on

- 60 -the response of the treated subject and/or depending on the evaluation of the physician prescribing the compounds of the instant invention. A particular weight ratio for the present compound of Formula (I) and another anticancer agent may range from 1/10 to 10/1, more in particular from 1/5 to 5/1, even more in particular from 1/3 to 3/1.
The following examples further illustrate the present invention.
EXAMPLES
Several methods for preparing the compounds of this invention are illustrated in the following examples. Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification.
Hereinafter, the terms : 'ACN or `MeCN' means acetonitrile, `DCM' means dichloromethane, `DIPEA' means N,N-diisopropylethylamine, `DIPE or `DiPE"
means diisopropyl ether, 'h' means hours(s), 'min' means minute(s), 'DMF' means dimethylformamide, 'DSC' means differential scanning calorimetry, 'TEA or 'Et3N' means triethyl amine, 'Et20' means diethyl ether, 'Et0Ac' or 'EA' means ethyl acetate, 'Et0H' means ethanol, 'FIPLC' means High-performance Liquid Chromatography, 'iPrOH' means isopropyl alcohol, IC/MS' means Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry, `MeOH' means methanol, `NMR' means Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, or `RT' means room temperature, `SFC' means supercritical fluid chromatography, 'OR' means optical rotation, 'sat. aq.' means saturated aqueous. 'AcC1' means acetyl chloride, 'AcOH' or 'HOAc' means acetic acid, 'BOC' or 'Boc' means tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 'Celite means diatomaceous earth, 'CH3COONH4' means ammonium acetate, 'COMUCY means (1-Cyano-2-ethoxy-2-oxoethylidenaminooxy)dimethylamino-morpho lino -carb enium hexafluorophosphate, 'CO2' means carbon dioxide, `DCE' means dichloroethane, 'DMAP' means dimethylaminopyridine, 'DMS0' means dimethyl sulfoxyde, `DBU' means 1,8-diazabicyc lo [5.4.0]undec ene-7, ED
CLHC l' means 1-(3-Dimethylaminopropy1)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, `ee' means enantiomeric excess, 'eq.' or 'equiv.' means equivalent(s), 'EtMgBr' means ethyl magnesium bromide, 'Et20' means diethyl ether, 'Et0Ac' means ethyl acetate, 'Et3N' or 'TEA' means triethylamine, 'Et0H' means ethanol, 'h' means hours(s), 'HATU' means 0-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-y1)-N,N,N,N-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 'FIC1' means hydrochloric acid, 'HOBT' means N-Hydroxybenzotrizole monohydrate, 'H20' means water, 'iPrMgC1' means isopropyl magnesium chloride, 'iPrNH2' means isopropylamine, `1(2CO3' means potassium carbonate, `Me-THF' means 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran, `MeMgBe or

- 61 -`CH3MgBe means methyl magnesium bromide, `MeOH' means methanol, 'MgSO4' means magnesium sulfate, 'min' means minute(s), NaBH(OAc)3' means sodium triacetoxyborohydride, NaBH3CN' means sodium cyanoborohydride, Na2CO3' means sodium carbonate, `NaH' means sodium hydride, NaHCO3' means sodium hydrogenocarloonate, 'NaOH' means potassium hydroxide, 'INTa2SO4' means sodium sulfate, '1\TH4C1' means ammonium chloride, '1\1144HCO3' means ammonium bicarbonate, NH4OH' means ammonia solution 30% aqueous, 'Quant. or quant' means quantitative, at' means retention time, `SFC' means supercritical fluid chromatography, 'T' means temperature, 'TBAF' means tetrabutylammonium fluoride, 'TBDMS' or `SMDBT' means tert-butyldimethylsilyl, 'TFA' or `CF3COOH' means trifluoroacetic acid, `THF' means tetrahydrofuran, 'Ti(OEt)4' means titanium ethoxyde, 'Ti(OiPr)4' means titanium isopropoxide, 'v.' means volume, 'F3C' or `CF3' means trifluoromethyl, 'FIBTU' means 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-benzotriazo liumhexafluoropho sphate(1 -)3 -oxide.
As understood by a person skilled in the art, compounds synthesised using the protocols as indicated may exist as a solvate e.g. hydrate, and/or contain residual solvent or minor impurities. Compounds isolated as a salt form, may be integer stoichiometric i.e. mono-or di-salts, or of intermediate stoichiometry.
The stereochemical configuration for centres in some compounds may be designated "R" or "S" when the mixture(s) was separated; for some compounds, the stereochemical configuration at indicated centres has been designated as "*R"
(first eluted from the column in case the column conditions are described in the synthesis protocol and when only one stereocentre present) or "*S" (second eluted from the column in case the column conditions are described in the synthesis protocol and when only one stereocentre present) when the absolute stereochemistry is undetermined (even if the bonds are drawn stereospecifically) although the compound itself has been isolated as a single stereoisomer and is enantiomerically pure.
For example, it will be clear that compound 179

- 62 ->

C)\:

is R ____________________ F3C or F3C
Compounds having two stereocentres of which only the stereochemical configuration .. of one stereocentre is indicated by * (e.g. *R or *S) (see for example compound 186 or 281), follow a similar rule as above. This means that the absolute stereoconfiguration of the stereocentre indicated by * is undetermined (even if the bonds are drawn stereospecifically) although the compound is enantiomerically pure at the indicated centre.
For compounds such as 188, 189, 190, 191, 235, 236, 237, and 238, wherein the stereochemical configuration of two stereocentres is indicated by * (e.g. *R
or *S), the absolute stereochemistry of the stereocentres is undetet mined (even if the bonds are drawn stereospecifically), although the compound itself has been isolated as a single stereoisomer and is enantiomerically pure. In this case, the configuration of the first stereocentre is independent of the configuration of the second stereocentre in the same compound.
For example, for Compound 188

- 63 -N )7-N
/ _______ (n\ I
F3C S---N"---.
this means that the compound is .¨.).: ....):
R
N/ N
N N
/ (n\
F3C S----..."-N---- F3C Sn----.N
",----Or Or N
R N-...._ ---. / -N/
N N
(n\ I
F3C Sn----.',N---- F3C S----..."-N----Or .
The paragraphs above about stereochemical configurations, also apply to intermediates.
The term "enantiomerically pure" as used herein means that the product contains at least 80% by weight of one enantiomer and 20% by weight or less of the other enantiomer. Preferably the product contains at least 90% by weight of one enantiomer and 10% by weight or less of the other enantiomer. In the most preferred embodiment the term "enantiomerically pure" means that the composition contains at least 99% by weight of one enantiomer and 1% or less of the other enantiomer.
When an intermediate or compound in the experimental part below is indicated as 'HC1 salt', `FICOOH salt' or `TFA salt' without indication of the number of equivalents of HC1 or TFA, this means that the number of equivalents of HC1 or TFA was not determined.
A skilled person will realize that, even where not mentioned explicitly in the experimental protocols below, typically after a column chromatography purification, the desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated.

- 64 -In case no stereochemistry is indicated in the spirocycle represented by Li, this means it is a mixture of stereoisomers, unless otherwise is indicated or is clear from the context.
When a stereo centre is indicated with 'RS' this means that a racemic mixture was obtained at the indicated centre, unless otherwise indicated.
A. PREPARATION OF THE INTERMEDIATES

N
i I )F3C
PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE l' :
A mixture of 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (525 mg, 2.08 mmol) prepared as described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2016), 59(3), 892-913, tert-butyl 2,7-diazaspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate (550 mg, 2.29 mmol) and DIPEA
(1.43 mL, 8.3 mmol) in ACN (12 mL) was heated at 80 C overnight. The solution was cooled and the mixture was poured into cooled water, the product was extracted with Et0Ac, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase:
irregular 15-40nm 50g, mobile phase: DCM/MeOH: gradient from 100/0 to 99/1). The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 770 mg (yield 81%) of intermediate 1.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 1, starting from the respective starting materials Intermediate number Structure Quantity (mg) Yield (%) O)\ y___ 350 100 ---o Intermediate 2 (from 0 CAS[336191-17-4]
and [1628317-85-0]) C
N

/
F3C S-----Nr

- 65 -Intermediate number Structure Quantity (mg) Yield (%) Intermediate 3 (from Nt.....
CAS[885270-84-8]
and [1628317-85-0]) N

/

00-......< 660 78 N
Intermediate 4 (from CAS[885270-86-0]
and [1628317-85-0]) N
(------./L
/ I N
/

..õ...\ o Intermediate 5 (from r.........740 ( CAS[885268-42-8]
LN
and intermediate 15) (----XL
/ I N
F3C S Ni . y .

F3C/ S"----N
PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 3:
A solution of 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (11.4 g; 44.96 mmol), ter butyl 2,6 diazaspiro[3.4]octane-2-carboxylate (10.5 g; 49.46 mmol) and DIPEA (15.5 mL; 89.93 mmol) in iPrOH (183 mL) was heated at 90 C overnight.
The solution was cooled to rt and the solution was poured into water then extracted with

- 66 -Et0Ac (3X). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and filtered off.
A precipitate (in aqueous layer) was filtered off, washed with few DCM and combined with a previous filtrate. The solvent was evaporated to give 19.9 g of brown solid. The residue was taken up with diethylether, the precipitate was filtered and dried to give 18.5 g of pale brown solid of intermediate 3 (96%).
Alternative preparation of intermediate 3:
To a mixture of 4-chloro-6- (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (3.00 g, 11.9 mmol) and tert-butyl 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4] octane-2-carboxylate (2.5 g, 11.8 mmol) in Et0H (50 mL) was added DIPEA (2 g, 15.5 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The mixture was evaporated and the residue was diluted in EA (200 mL). The solution was washed with water (100 mL*2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to give intermediate 3 (5.10 g, 11.9 mmol, 100% yield) as brown oil.
----N
N H
/\....... .../
\ N/

/

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 6:
A mixture of intermediate 1 (770 mg, 1.69 mmol), and a solution of 4N HC1 in dioxane (4.22 mL, 16.9 mmol) in ACN (45 mL) was stirred at rt overnight. The mixture was poured out into iced water, basified with 3N NaOH, the product was extracted with DCM, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, evaporated to dryness providing 670 mg of intermediate 6 which was used without further purification for the next step.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 6, starting from the respective starting materials.

- 67 -Quantity Yield (%) Intermediate number Structure (mg) Intermediate 7 (from )N

intermediate 2) N
F3C S "---- N
HC1 salt N
Intermediate 8 (from N
intermediate 4) ) ----- C
/ INj /
F3C S"---N%
HC1 salt >1:::C1 N
S
N
(, N
/

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 9:
In a sealed tube, 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (0.6 g, 2.37 mmol) prepared as described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2016), 59(3), 892-913, tert-butyl 2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (0.57 g, 2.85 mmol), DIPEA
(0.82 mL, 4.75 mmol) in iPrOH(15 mL) were heated at 90 C for 2h. The solution was cooled to rt and the reaction mixture was poured into water then extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to

- 68 -dryness. The crude product was crystallized from Et20 providing 0.6 g (yield 61%) of intermediate 9.
H
N

N

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 10:
A mixture of intermediate 9 (4.43 g; 10.69 mmol) in formic acid (24 mL) was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was evaporated. The residue was taken up twice with Et20 and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH; 80 g; mobile phase: 90% DCM, 10% Me0H, 1% NH4OH). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 3.34 g (99%) of intermediate 10.
H
N

N
/ I 1HCOOH salt PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 10b:
A mixture of intermediate 9 (0.55 g, 1.33 mmol) in formic acid (3 mL) was stirred at RT
for 20 h. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give a residue that was taken-up twice with Et20 and evaporated to dryness giving 0.4 g (yield 96%) of intermediate 10b (formic acid salt). The crude product was used without any further purification in the next step.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 10b, starting from the respective starting materials.

- 69 -Intermediate number Structure ----N
N H
/........ j Intermediate 12 (from N/
intermediate 5) / IN
/

HCOOH salt H
\I
N

S ----N
PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 11: F3C/
A mixture of intermediate 3 (8.57 g; 20 mmol) in formic acid (51 mL) was stirred at rt for 20h. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for the week-end. The mixture was evaporated and the residue was cooled to 5 C, taken-up with DCM and neutralized with aqueous solution of NaOH 3N. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue (7.63 g of orange oil) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular bare silica 120 g, mobile phase: 1%
NH4OH, 85% DCM, 15% Me0H). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 3.65 g of yellow oil intermediate 11(56%).
Alternative preparation of intermediate 11:
TFA (17.9 mL; 233.38 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 3 (5 g;
11.67 mmol) in DCM (130 mL) at 5 C and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 4h. The reaction mixture was diluted with heptane and evaporated to dryness (3X) to give 10.7 g of brown oil. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH
40 gm; 220 g, mobile phase: 1% NH4OH, 90% DCM, 10% Me0H). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated. The residue (4 g) was solubilized with DCM and the product was crystallized. The mixture was evaporated and taken up severals times with ACN and the solvent was evaporated to give 4 g of pale yellow solid intermediate 11.

- 70 -H
N
TFA salt ______________________________________ e\I
/
s-----PREPARATION OF IN NTERMEDIATE 1 lb: F3 TFA (2.2 mL; 28 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 3 (600 mg; 1.4 mmol) in DCM (13 mL) at 0 C then the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight.
The reaction mixture was evaporated till dryness to give 1.26 g of intermediate 1 lb as TFA
salt. The product was used it directly without purification.
H
c-3 N
HCI salt (\j /
F3c s--""N
PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 1 lc:
A solution of HC1 4M in dioxane (150 mL) was added to intermediate 3 (6.5 g;
15.17 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for lh. The mixture was evaporated in vacuum to give 5.7 g of yellow solid intermediate 11c as HC1 salt. The product was used without purification for the next step.
F

H N
\ /

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 13:
Acetic anhydride (1 mL, 10.7 mmol) was added dropwise at rt, to a solution of 2-amino-5-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiophene-3-carboxamide (2 g, 8.92 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and trimethylamine (6.2 mL, 44.6 mmol). The solution was heated at reflux for 5h, poured into water, extracted with Et0Ac, and washed with brine (x2). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness, the crude product was taken-up with Et20 and the precipitate was filtered to provide 1.5 g of intermediate 13 (yield 63% / brown solid).

- 71 -OH
/( ----) N
I

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 14:
To a solution of intermediate 13 (1.5 g, 5.63 mmol) in Et0H (70 mL) at rt, was added dropwise a 1M solution of KOH. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, then the mixture was heated at reflux for 3h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt then poured into ice water, acidified with 3N HC1, extracted with DCM and decanted. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was crystallized from Et20 to give 0.7 g of intermediate 14 (yield 50%) that was used without further purification in the next step.
CI
/

/ I I

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 15:
Intermediate 14 (0.7 g, 2.82 mmol) and phosphoryl trichloride (5 mL) were heated at 110 C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, then evaporated to dryness.The residue was taken-up carefully with ice and DCM, basified with an aqueous solution of (10%) and the organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 0.75 g (yield 99%) of intermediate 15, that was used without further purification in the next step.
0¨s" '-PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 16: \
Spiro [3.3]heptan-2-ylmethyl methanesulfonate To a solution of spiro[3.3]heptan-2-ylmethanol (153 mg, 1.08 mmol) in 4 mL of DCM
was added TEA (0.464 mL, 3.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C.

Methylsulfonylchloride (0.184 g, 1.605 mmol) was then added dropwise, the mixture

- 72 -was allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 2h. An aqueous solution of saturated NaHCO3 (30 mL) and DCM (30 mL) were added. The mixture was separated, the organic layer was collected, washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and evaporated to give 300 mg of intermediate 16 as a yellow oil which was used without further purification in the next step.
o ---Ao N
1.) \
LbN
N
/ I

S----PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 17: N
To a solution of intermediate 11c (400 mg) and TEA (0.38 mL, 2.76 mmol) under a N2 flow in DCM (20mL) was added 1[2-(acetyloxy)ethy1]-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde (200 mg, 1.11 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 4h. NaBH(OAc)3 (390 mg, 1.84 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for 48h. Then, it was poured into ice water and the mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM.
The organic layers were combined, washed with brine then dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular SiOH 15-40 m 24g, mobile phase: DCM/MeOH: 97/3).
The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum yielding 180 mg of intermediate 17.
0......"

1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (0.5 g; 5.2 mmol) and cesium carbonate (3.39 g;
10.4 mmol) were diluted in ACN (10 mL). Then, 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (0.636 mL;
6.77 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction mixture

- 73 -was partitionned between a saturated solution of NaHCO3 and Et0Ac. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated.
The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (irregular SiO2, 120 g, DCM/MeOH: 100/0 to 95/5). The fractions containing the product were mixed and .. concentrated to afford 439 mg (55%) of intermediate 35.

RS
0 LbN
/ I

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 20:
Intermediate 11(150 mg, 0.46 mmol), (+/-)-methyl alpha-bromophenylacetate (0.08 .. mL, 0.50 mmol) and K2CO3 (127 mg; 0.92 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) were stirred at rt for 5h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and Et0Ac was added. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated till dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase:
irregular SiOH 15-40 m 24g, mobile phase: DCM/Me0H (+10% NH4OH): gradient .. from 97/3 to 95/5). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 162 mg (yield 74%) of intermediate 20.
HO
RS
O) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (71 mg; 1.7 mmol) was added, at rt, to a solution of intermediate 20 (162 mg; 0.34 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and water (3 mL). The mixture was .. stirred at rt overnight, then concentrated and acidified with an aqueous solution of HC1

- 74 -3N (pH= 2-4).The precipitate was filtered and dry to give 33 mg (21%) of intermediate 32 (90% of purity based on LC/MS). The mother layer was evaporated till dryness to give 243 mg of an impure fraction of intermediate 32.

(n\I

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 54 ' Intermediate 11c (333 mg), methyl 2-formylbenzoate (148.5mg; 0.905mmo1), NaBH(OAc)3 (872mg; 4.11mmol) and trimethylamine (250mg; 2.47mmo1) were mixed in dichloroethane (16 mL) and the reaction was stirred at RT overnight.Then, an aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (1(mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM
(4*15 mL). The organic layers were separated, mixed, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 450mg of intermediate 54 as white solid.
The intermediates in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 54, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield Intermediate number Structure (mg) (%) = 0 \ro Intermediate 44 (from No 0 intermediate 1 1 c and intermediate 52) /

- 75 -N

r ON
----tSD
N
N
______________________________________ / I
S

A mixture of intermediate 10b (150 mg), 1 -(tetrahydro -2H-pyran-2-y1)-1H-pyrazo le-4-carboxaldehyde (225 mg; 1.249 mmol) and AcOH (24 L; 0.416 mmol) in dichloroethane (4.5 mL) was stirred at 50 C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and NaBH(OAc)3 (265 mg; 1.249 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purifed by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% Me0H, 100% DCM
to 10% Me0H, 90% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 150 mg of intermediate 47.
The intermediates in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 47, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield Intermediate number Structure (mg) (%) rC¨Vo 158 N
Intermediate 48 (from N
intermediate 10b and 1-(oxan-2-yl)pyrazo le-3-N
carbaldehyde ) / 1 NI, /
F3C s---N

- 76 -N\

/ I N

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 25:
A mixture of (4 S)-1-Bo c-4-methyl-L-pro line(174 mg, 0.761 mmol), HBTU (288 mg, 0.761 mmol) and DIPEA (0.65 mL, 3.804 mmol) in DMF (7.5 mL) was stirred for lh.
Then, a solution of intermediate 10 (250 mg, 0.761 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added.
The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into iced water, basified with a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with Et0Ac.
The organic layer was washed with water, then brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue (490 mg) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 40g; mobile phase: NH4OH/DCM/MeOH: 0.5/95/5). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 330 mg (yield 82%) of intermediate 25.
The intermediates in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 25, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield Intermediate number Structure (mg) (%) Intermediate 26 (from osso"s intermediate 10b and N-Boc-N
(2S,4S)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid) /__C=jai N
I )

- 77 -Quantity Yield Intermediate number Structure (mg) (%) ....)...-0 0 \r 250 100 Intermediate 27 (from /
R
NE..7D
intermediate 11 and (R)-5-Bo c azaspiro [2.4] heptane-6 carboxylic acid) N

i I )F3 C S N"....

\

N
O
N
/ (1)1 s------ F3C

DIPEA (0.48 mL; 2.775 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 10b (200 mg), 3-carboxybenzaldehyde (100 mg; 0.666 mmol) and HATU (317 mg; 0.833 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured onto water and extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was decanted, washed with water, then brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 10% Me0H, 90% DCM).
The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 62 mg of intermediate 104.

/
N",..õ..-",.
0 N ---- µ
oN

N
CriN
/
F3C S---\N:-Preparation of intermediate 41:

- 78 -Under a N2 flow, at rt, to a solution of intermediate 11(250 mg, 0.76 mmol) in DCM (12 mL) was added intermediate 42 (246 mg, 0.91 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The mixture was cooled to 5 C, NaBH(OAc)3 (323 mg, 1.52 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. Then, it was poured into ice water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine then dried over MgSO4, evaporated. The residue was crystallized from Et20 and pentane. The white precipitate was filtered off and dried under vaccum yielding 55mg (yield 100%) of intermediate 41.
\r-N
N
_____________________________________ / 1 / S.---Preparation of intermediate 43: N
Intermediate 11(500 mg, 1.52 mmol), 2-(chloromethyl)-1,1-dimethylethyl ester-pyrro le-1-carboxylic acid) (493mg, 2.28mmo1) and K2CO3 (1.05g, 7.61mmo1) in ACN
(12 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 24h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and Et0Ac was added. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, .. dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated till dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular SiOH 15-40 m 24g, mobile phase: NH4OH/DCM/MeOH: gradient from 0.1/97/3 to 0.1/95/5). The pure fractions were mixed and evaporated yielding 100 mg (yield 14%) of intermediate 43.
The intermediates in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as .. described for the preparation of intermediate 43, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Intermediate number Structure (mg) ND H

/
Intermediate Si (from 1H- liv /
/ 0 With 60 C
pyrrole-4-carboxaldehydeand as reaction 3 -bromopropionitrile) 1,1 temperature

- 79 -Quantity Yield (%) Intermediate number Structure (mg) Intermediate 42 (from 1H- 0 pyrrole-4-carboxaldehydeand N,7"-N = With reflux as reaction N-(2-bromoethyl) phthalimide) 0 temperature Intermediate 52 (from 3-With 75 C
hydroxybenzaldehyde and 3- 0 140 ONA)< as reaction (Boc-amino)propyl bromide) temperature Intermediate 53 (from 1H- 1563 65 pyrazole-4-carbaldehydeand 2- With reflux bromoethoxy-t-butyl ¨o as reaction dimethylsilane) temperature o __________________________________ ( N;lj /

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 50:
Under a N2 flow, to a solution of intermediate 11(202 mg, 0.62 mmol) in DCM
(10 mL) was added tert-butyl 4-formy1-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxylate (133 mg, 0.68 mmol) and AcOH (35 L, 0.62 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h.
NaBH(OAc)3 (521 mg, 2.46 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight, poured into ice water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine then dried over MgSO4, evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular SiOH 15-40 m 24g, mobile phase: DCM/Me0H(+10%

- 80 -NH4OH): 97/3). The pure fractions were mixed and evaporated yielding 145 mg (yield 46%) of intermediate 50.
SIik so N
x_pl RS
Ni.....
() F3 C S N(.7 PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 55:
In a sealed tube, under a N2 flow, intermediate 53(349 mg, 1.37 mmol) and Ti(OiPr)4 (436 L, 1.83 mmol) were added to a solution of intermediate 11(300 mg, 0.914 mmol) in THF (6 mL). The solution was stirred at 50 C for 5 hours then, at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5 C and 2N iPrMgC1 in THF (2.28 mL, 4.57 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to rise slowly to rt and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with Et0Ac and poured onto a 10%
aqueous solution of K2CO3. The insoluble material was removed by filtration over celite . The organic layer was decanted, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 40g; mobile phase: Me0H/DCM: gradient from 0/100 to 10/90).
The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding: 0.3 g (yield 54%) of intermediate 55.

N
C\I
F3C/ S---"N
Preparation of intermediate 63 ,

- 81 -o -1.-.
Ni *R ON40 ( N

S ----intermediate 63a N-o N 0 ( N
Cj\:

and intermediate 63b N-A solution of tert-butyl 3-acetylazetidine-1-carboxylate (364 mg; 1.83 mmol), intermediate 11(400 mg; 1.22 mmol), titanium(IV)isopropoxide (725 L; 2.44 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) was stirred at 45 C for 30 min (solution become dark yellow). Ethanol (12 mL) and NaBH4 (138 mg; 3.66 mmol) were added and the solution become yellow pale. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then, it was poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and DCM. The insoluble was filtered through a pad of celite . The organic layer was decanted, filtered through chromabond and the solvent was evaporated 624 mg of pale yellow oil which waspurified by chromatography over silica gel (SiO2; 25 g; mobile phase: gradient from 98%
DCM, 2%
Me0H to 96% DCM, 4% Me0H). The fractions containing the product were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 223mg (36%) of intermediate 63 as a white foam.
Intermediate 63 was purified by chiral SFC (Stationary phase: CHIRALCEL OJ-H
Sum 250x20mm, Mobile phase: 92% CO2, 8% Me0H(0.3% iPrNH2)). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 83 mg (13%) of intermediate 63a as a colourless oil and 90 mg (14%) of intermediate 63b.
The intermediate in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 63, starting from the respective starting materials.

- 82 -Intermediate number Structure Quantity Yield ci / 0 ( 600 mg 52%
Intermediate 60 (from N RSC\
intermediate 11 and N-Boc-4-acetylpiperidine F3c/
( N 4C) 221 mg 20%
*R 0 ( vi\N
Intermediate 60a and intermediate 60b From N
chiral SFC separation /
F3c S-of intermediate 60:
(Chiralpak AD-H 5 intermediate 60a gm 250*30 mm; ( \ ./c) *s \ 0 mobile phase: 75%
CO2, 25% 229 mg 20%
iPrOH(0.3% iPrNH2)).
Cr,iN
F3c SN
Intermediate 60b \ 0 Intermediate 109 324 mg 33%0 ( RS
oN
(from intermediate 11 and intermediate 108) 0 F/ SN
Fr'F CN

- 83 -N

N RS c/ 0 ( \ _________________________________ '( \N
's _____________________________________ / 0 ( INTERMEDIATE 68a N

0 ( INTERMEDIATE 68b and c-3 e\j s COMPOUND 61: F3 A solution of intermediate 113 (1.67 g; 6.54 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added to a solution of intermediate 11(1.4 g; 4.36 mmol) and TFA (2 mL; 26.16 mmol) in THF (30 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. Then NaBH(OAc)3 (2.77 g; 13.08 mmol) was added portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 10 days. The solution was poured out into a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and Et0Ac was added.
The mixture was extracted with Et0Ac (3x). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue (2.9

- 84 -g; yellow oil) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (SiO2; 40 g;
eluent: from 97% DCM, 3% Me0H, 0.3% NH4OH to 90% DCM, 10% Me0H, 1% NH4OH). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 266 mg of colourless oil intermediate 68, and 215 mg of colourless oil fraction 1.
Intermediate 68 was purified by chiral SFC (Lux-cellulose-2 5 gm 250*30 mm, mobile phase: 50% CO2, 50% Me0H (0.3% iPrNH2)). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 114 mg (5%) of colourless oil intermediate 68a and 109 mg (4%) of colourless oil intermediate 68b.
Fraction 1 was purified by reverse phase (YMC-actus Triart C18 10 gm 30*150 mm, mobile phase: gradient from 65% NH4HCO3 0.2%, 35% ACN to 25% NH4HCO3 0.2%, 75% ACN). The fractions containing the product were collected and the solvent was evaporated. The residue (160 mg; colourless oil) was freeze-dried with water-ACN to give 90 mg (6%) of white solid compound 61.

N/\OX
RS
N
(N11 F3C/ S"----e PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 69 , o & ;1 NOX
N
/ _______________________ (N11 ,,, F3C s-----INTERMEDIATE Ova -o c9NoX
*S
N
,,,, F3C S----1\1 AND INTERMEDIATE 69b N

- 85 -A solution of 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (5.07 g; 20.08 mmol), 2-B0C-2,7-diaza-spiro[4.4]nonane (5 g; 22.09 mmol) and DIPEA (6.9 mL;
40.17 mmol) in iPrOH (80 mL) was heated at 90 C overnight. The solution was cooled to rt and the solution was poured into water then extracted with Et0Ac (3X).
The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and the solvent was evaporated to dryness. The residue (9 g, pale brown solid) was taken up with diethylether, the precipitate was filtered and dried to give 8.4 g of intermediate 69 (95%, off-white solid).
Intermediate 69 was purified by chiral SFC (Chiralpak IG 5 gm 250*20 mm, mobile phase: 65% CO2, 35% iPrOH (0.3% iPrNH2)). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 4.07 g of intermediate 69a (46%, yellow foam) and 4.29 g of intermediate 69b (48%, yellow foam).
(NH
*R
(/

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 70a:
The intermediate 70a was prepared by using an analogous method as described for the alternative preparation of intermediate 11, starting from the respective starting material intermediate 69a.
The intermediate in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the alternative preparation of intermediate 11, starting from the respective starting materials.
Intermediate number Structure Quantity Yield H 3.4g Quant.
*s Intermediate 70b (from intermediate 69b

86 PCT/EP2017/073004 BOC-N ___________________________________ s NE...
(N) / I

S
Preparation of intermediate 71 , BOC-N
*R N
lip N
/
F3C s=-="N
intermediate 71a \_ s BOC¨ N
*S \
Ntb N
F3C s-----N
and intermediate 71b Method A:
A mixture of intermediate 1 lb (4.2 g) and intermediate 72 (1.6 g; 7 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was stirred at RT overnight. Then, NaBH(OAc)3 (3 g; 14 mmol) was added portion-wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The solution was poured onto cold water, basified with an aqueous solution of NaOH

and Et0Ac was added. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH 80g, mobile phase: gradient from 98% DCM, 2% Me0H (+10%
NH4OH) to 95% DCM, 5% Me0H (+10% NH4OH)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 852 mg of intermediate 71.

- 87 -The enantiomers were separated by chiral SFC (CHIRALCEL OD-H 5gm 250*30mm;
mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30% Et0H). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 294 mg of intermediate 71a and 303 mg of intermediate 71b.
Method B:
The experiment was performed 6 times on the same quantity (640 mg; 1.95 mmol) Ti(OEt)4 (0.8 mL; 3.9 mmol) was added at room temperature to a solution of intermediate 11(640 mg; 1.95 mmol) and intermediate 72 (665 mg; 2.92 mmol) in DCE (20 mL) and Me0H (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 24h, cooled at 10 C then NaBH3CN (367 mg; 5.84 mmol) was added portion wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 days. The solutions were gathered for the work-up: poured out into cold water, basified with K2CO3 powder and extracted with DCM. The suspension was filtered through a pad of Celite0. The filtrate was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 40g;
mobile phase: gradient from 100% DCM, 0% Me0H to 97% DCM, 3% Me0H, 0.1%
NH4OH). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 1.7 g (28%) of intermediate 71.
The enantiomers were separated by chiral SFC (Chiralcel OD-H 5gm 250*30mm;
mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30% Et0H (0.3% iPrNH2)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 697 mg (11%) of intermediate 71a and 727 mg (12%) of intermediate 71b.
The intermediates in the table below were prepared following Method A as described for the preparation of intermediate 71, 71a and 71b starting from the respective starting materials.

- 88 -Intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number C
intermediate 88 BO \N 130 mg Li...SC
.....
N

N

S-----N
From intermediate 1 lb and intermediate

89 Intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number BOC
intermediate 82 NI 40 mg From intermediate 1 lb and intermediate BOO
NI
Intermediate 82a Q
R* FR'' and BOC
intermediate 82b S?F
(nN

From chiral SFC separation of intermediate 82 (Stationary phase: CHIRALPAK AD-H
5ium 250*30mm, Mobile phase: 70%
CO2, 30% iP0H(0.3% iPrNH2))

- 90 -BOC
/
N
-( 11.1b N
F C/
3 I \ / .. I

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 77 , ____________________ ( .-----' _________________________ R
N
C\I

intermediate 77a BOC
/
N
( __________________________ p _________________________ ,s N

N

and intermediate 77b Reaction mixture 1: In a sealed tube, a solution of intermediate 78 (2 equivalents), intermediate 11(100 mg; 0.305 mmol) and Ti(OiPr)4 (6 equivalents)in Et0H (0.2 mL) was heated at 45 C for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with Et0H (3 mL) and NaBH4 (2 equivalents) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours indicating, according to LC/MS the formation of 60% of intermediate 77 Reaction mixture 2 and 3: The reaction was performed twice on the same quantity:
In a sealed tube, a solution of intermediate 78 (2 equivalents), intermediate 11 (450 mg; 1.37 mmol) and Ti(OiPr)4 (6 equivalents) in Et0H (0.9 mL) was heated at 45 C

- 91 -for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with Et0H
(13 mL) and NaBH4 (2 equivalents) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours.
The three reaction mixtures were diluted with Et0Ac and poured onto a mixture of 10% K2CO3 and brine. The suspension was sonicated for 30 min and filtered through a pad of Celite . The organic layer was decanted, washed with 10% aqueous K2CO3, then brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue (2.6g) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 50g; mobile phase:
gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 0.7% NH4OH, 7% Me0H, 93%
DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue (1.5 g; 89%) was purifed a second time by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 40g; mobile phase: 60% Heptane, 35% Et0Ac, 5% Me0H (+10% NH4OH)). The fractions containing the product were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 980 mg (58%; 82% pure besed on LC/MS) of intermediate 77.
The impure fraction of intermediate 77 was further purified by achiral SFC
(DIETHYLAMINOPROPYL 5 m 150x30mm; mobile phase: 90% CO2, 10% Me0H).
The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 620 mg (37%) of intermediate 77.
The enantiomers were separated by chiral SFC (Lux Cellulose-2 5 m 250*30mm;
mobile phase: 50% CO2, 50% Me0H (0.3% iPrNH2)). The fractions containing the products were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 276 mg (16%) of intermediate 77a and 269 mg (16%) of intermediate 77b.
The intermediates in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 77, 77a and 77b starting from the respective starting materials.

- 92 -Intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number intermediate 80 i CB0 240 mg 57%
N
/ r?
1----b N
C?)2F3/
From S-----\ N-From intermediate 11 and tert-butyl 3-propanoylazetidine-1-carboxylate CN
0 0 __ Preparation of intermediate 72 Under N2 at 5 C, iPrMgC1 2M in THF (19 mL; 38.33 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 73 (4.6 g; 18.83 mmol) in THF (70 mL). The solution was stirred at 5 C
for 30 min, allowed to slowly rise RT, stirred for lh then, heated at 40 C for 5h.
The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured out onto a mixture of iced water and a saturated aqueous NH4C1 solution, and extracted with Et0Ac.
The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness yielding 4.7 g of intermediate 72 (quantitative).
The intermediates in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 72 starting from the respective starting materials.
intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number intermediate 75 / c =<, _________________ N e 25 g Quant.
o o

- 93 -intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number From intermediate 73 and cyclopropylmagnesium bromide 0.5 in THF
intermediate 78 0 19g 96%
OA
N

)0n------From intermediate 73 and Isobutylmagnesium bromide 0.4M
intermediate 83 137 mg 49%
o From intermediate 84 and Isopropylmagnesium chloride 2M in THF
intermediate 105 71 mg 16%

From N-Methoxy-N-methyltetrahydro furan-3 - carboxamide and Isopropylmagnesium chloride 2M in THF
Intermediate 108 0 710 mg 26%

- 94 -intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number From N-Methyl-N-methoxy-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyppiperidine-4-acetamide and Isopropylmagnesium chloride 2M in THF
Intermediate 111 0 770 mg 40%
N
0 ( From intermediate 73 and chloro[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]magnesium Intermediate 113 1230 mg 33%
cN4 From 4-[(N-Methoxy-N-methylamino)carbony1]-1-piperidinecarboxylic acid 1,1-dimethylethyl ester and Isopropylmagnesium chloride 2M in THF
\

CN4o+
Preparation of intermediate 73 1-Boc-azetidine-3-carboxylic acid (5 g; 24.9 mmol) and N,0-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.64 g; 37.3 mmol) were placed in a round bottom flask under N2. DCM
(75 mL) was added, followed by EDCI.HC1 (7.15 g; 37.3 mmol), DMAP (155 mg;
1.27 mmol) and DIPEA (6.5 mL, 37.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT
for 16 h and diluted with DCM (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with aqueous 1M

- 95 -HC1 (2 x 50 mL), sat. NaHCO3 solution (50 mL), and brine (50 mL). The organic phase was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated to dryness yielding 6.04 g (99%) of intermediate 73.
The intermediates in the table below were prepared usingan analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 73 starting from the respective starting materials.
intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number intermediate 84 0 F 600 mg 97%
o'N
I
From 1-Boc-3-fluoroazetidine-3-carboxylic acid o / N
\ 0 N
1 _________________________________ L.-7HN

Preparation of intermediate 85 Under N2, a solution of intermediate 11(204 mg; 0.62 mmol), intermediate 86 (217 mg; 0.81 mmol) and Ti(OEt)4 (0.26 mL; 1.24 mmol) in DCE (7 mL) was stirred at RT
overnight. NaBH3CN (129 mg; 2 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for days. Water was added dropwise then the solution was filtered through a pad of celite .
The filtrate was separated. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated till dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase: gradient from 97%

- 96 -DCM, 3% Me0H (+10% NH4OH) to 95% DCM, 5% Me0H (+10% NH4OH)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 209 mg (80%) of intermediate 85.
The intermediate in the table below was prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 85 starting from the respective starting materials.
intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number intermediate 87 I 145 mg 51%
N
N
BOC N R
D S
N
Cni From intermediate 11 and 4-[(1-methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)carbonyl]-1-piperidinecarboxylic acid 1,1-dimethylethyl ester o N

Preparation of intermediate 86 2-bromo-1-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-ethanone (0.5 g; 2.46 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) were added to potassium phtalimide (0.46 g; 2.46 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 5h, poured into water-ice and Et0Ac was added. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated till dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH
15-40 m, 24g; mobile phase: 97% DCM, 3% Me0H (+10% NH4OH)). The pure

- 97 -fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 460 mg (69%) of intermediate 86.

0/ N40-h Preparation of intermediate 89 Under N2, n-BuLi 1.6M in hexane (6.2 mL; 9.92 mmol) was added at -70 C to a solution of 4-iodo-1-methy1-1H-pyrazole (1.7 g; 8.17 mmol) in THF (35 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at -70 C for 1 hour then, a solution of intermediate 73 (2 g;
8.19 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at -70 C for 2 hours, allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred overnight. The solution was poured out into a mixture of ice-water and a saturated NH4C1 solution, then Et0Ac was added. The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 50g; mobile phase: gradient from 100% DCM, 0% Me0H to 98%
DCM, 2% Me0H, 0.1% NH4OH). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 320 mg (15%) of intermediate 89 eY\I
Preparation of intermediate 92 F3C
Under N2, HBTU (210 mg; 0.555 mmol) was added to a solution of BOC-L-proline (;
119 mg; 0.555 mmol) and DIPEA (0.48 mL; 2.775 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). The solution was stirred for 30 min. Then, intermediate 10b (200 mg) was added and the solution was stirred at room temperature all over the weekend. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was poured into iced water, basified with a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was washed by water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase: gradient from 0.5% NH4OH, 5% Me0H, 95% DCM

- 98 -to 1% NH4OH, 10% Me0H, 90% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 168 mg of intermediate 92.
The intermediates in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of intermediate 92 starting from the respective starting materials.
intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number intermediate 93 510 mg " S
BOO

From intermediate 10b and (25,4R)-N-boc-4-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid intermediate 101 150 mg 0 .
.=== s N\
BOO

From intermediate 10b and (2 S ,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarb ony1)-4-fluoropyrro lidine-2-carboxylic acid

- 99 -intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number \
intermediate 96 0 283 mg 94%
0 . ----T;
N\130C
N

N

F3C/ S----N%
From intermediate 10 and cis- 1 -N-Boc-4-methoxy-L-proline intermediate 102 200 mg === s N\
N BOO

N
Cni /
F3C S----N"...-From intermediate 10b and (S)-5-Boc-5-Azaspiro[2.4]heptane-6-carboxylic acid intermediate 103 ,\ io /1....
N N 160 mg \
BOC 1...b N
S----N-F3C/ From intermediate 11c and (S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbony1)-5-azaspiro[2.4]
heptane-6-carboxylic acid

- 100 -intermediate Structure Quantity Yield number intermediate 98 348 mg BOC
Cni From intermediate 10b and (R)-5-(tert-butoxycarbony1)-5-azaspiro[2.4]
heptane-6-carboxylic acid Intermediate 99 0 389 mg 75%
s 0 ..
BOC

From intermediate 10 and (2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbony1)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Intermediate 100 100 mg BOO

From intermediate 10b and N-B0C-4,4-difluoro-L-proline

- 101 -) 0 N
_____________________________________________ / 1 Under nitrogen, a solution of intermediate 11 (250mg; 0.76 lmmol), N-Boc-4-formylpiperidine (195mg; 0.914mmo1) in THF (7mL) was stirred at rt for 3h.
NaBH(OAc)3 (323mg; 1.52mmo1) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight.
A 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and DCM were added. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase:
gradient from 100% DCM 0% Me0H (0%NH4OH) to 90% DCM 10% Me0H (10%NH4OH)). The fractions containing the product were mixed and evaporated to dryness yielding 383mg (96%) of intermediate 107.

s*
I I

F
PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 110:
DIPEA (0.45 mL, 3.24 mmol) was added to an ice-cooled solution of 2-(4-fluorophenyl) propanol (CAS[59667-20-8]) (0.25 g, 1.62 mmol) in DCM (1.4 mL) followed by methane sulfonyl chloride (0.155 mL, 1.95 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL) and washed with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (15 mL). The solution was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure yielding 0.377 g of intermediate 110 .
This product was used without further purification in the next step.

- 102 -o y o N
RS
4. Nt....
cl) / I

PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 112:
A solution of intermediate 111(607 mg, 2.1 mmol) and titanium isopropoxyde (1.25 mL, 1.37 mmol) in Et0H (4.6 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature (over a period of 5 to 10 min) to a mixture of intermediate 11 (459 mg, 1.4 mmol) and NaBH3CN (264 mg, 4.2 mmol) in Et0H (9.2 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 h at rt.
The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3. The suspension was filtered over a pad of Celite0. The organic layer was decanted, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24 g;
.. mobile phase: DCM/MeOH: gradient from 100/0 to 90/10). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 0.521g (62%) of intermediate 112 (62%).
B. PREPARATION OF THE COMPOUNDS

1.1 -N
I
) N
eN
/

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 1:

- 103 -TEA (88.5 mg, 0.875 mmol) and benzaldehyde (46.4 mg, 0.44 mmol) were successively added to a solution of intermediate 11(190 mg, 0.44 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (4 mL) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min. NaBH(OAc)3 was then added (185.4 mg, 0.875 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. Sat. aq. NaHCO3 (10 mL) and DCM (10 mL) were added and the mixture decanted. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with DCM (10 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to give a yellow oil. The crude residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (column Gemini 150*25 Sum, mobile phase:
water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v)/ACN: gradient from 55/45 to 25/75). The residue was then freeze-dried to give 65 mg of compound 1 (35% yield) as a yellow solid.
F F
F-\
\I"----bN
N

/
F3C S-----N%

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 2:
Intermediate 11 (100 mg, 0.3 mmol), 3,3,3-trifluoropropanal (51 mg, 0.46 mmol) in dry DCM (3 mL) were stirred at rt for lh, then NaBH(OAc)3 (129 mg, 0.61 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The mixture was poured into water then extracted with DCM, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase:
irregular SiOH 15-40 m 24g, mobile phase: NH4OH/DCM/MeOH: 0.1/97/3). The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 58 mg (45%) of compound 2, which was freeze-dried with ACN/water 20/80 to give 45 mg of compound 2.

- 104 ------Ntb N
F,C S"..-N
Preparation of compound 13 A mixture of intermediate 11c (600 mg), isobutyraldehyde (160 mg; 2.221 mmol), NaBH(OAc)3 (1.57 g; 7.405 mmol) and Et3N (0.64 mL; 4.443 mmol) in DCE (12 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (20 mL) and DCM (20 mL) were added. The organic layer was decanted and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (20 mL*2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (mobile phase: gradient from petroleum ether/Et0Ac from 100/0 to 0/100, then Et0Ac/ Me0H from 100/0 to 85/15). The pure fractions were collected, evaporated to dryness and freeze dried yielding 320 mg of compound 13.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 2, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) . 80 _-N
Compound 3 (from intermediate 7) N/
es--LN
F3 C/ S , I j -----N
as a hydrochloride salt

- 105 -Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) N*I\I 126 47 Compound 4 (from -N
intermediate 11) I
) N
es---LN
/
F3C S-N) _II\I
Compound 5 (from N
intermediate 11) 1-----b N
/
C----)N / I
, riN
Si Compound 6 (from N
intermediate 11) 1----b N
C----)N
/ / I

- 106 -Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) (1\--1).2 Compound 7 (from (N
intermediate 11) 1------b N
C---)N
/ / I

¨N
Compound 8 (from N
intermediate 11) N

/
F3C Si\i%

Compound 9 (from N
intermediate 11) 1---b N
C----LN
/ / I
F3C S.---N

- 107 -Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) N---. 40 29 Compound 10 (from N
intermediate 11) 1-b N
C----LN
/ / I
F3C S'N

¨N
Compound 11 (from N
intermediate 11) N
/ / I Il p 80 41 ¨N
Compound 12 (from N
intermediate 11) 1-b N
/
C----LN / I
, F3C S'N

- 108 -Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) b Compound 13 (from , intermediate 11) N
C-----)N
/ / I

__,..j Compound 23 (from Nicb intermediate 11 and 1-methy1-1H-imidazo le-N
5-carboxaldehyde ) (nNi F1 s------N, ki 155 40 NU
Compound 35 (from o intermediate 11 and N

methyl-1H-pyrazo le-3-carbaldehyde ) N
F3C S ---- \
111)0 60 22 Compound 69 (from intermediate 11 and \¨]
phenylacetaldehyde (CAS[122-78-1])) 0 N

- 109 -I.
oN
O
N
F
F Cr\I
S N

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 14:
Intermediate 10b (0.42 g), benzyl bromide (0.19 mL, 1.6 mmol), and K2CO3 (0.55 g, 4.0 mmol) in ACN (20 mL) were stirred at rt overnight. The mixture was poured into water, extracted with Et0Ac, the organic layer was washed with brine, then dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular SiOH 15-40 m 40g, mobile phase:
NH4OH/DCM/MeOH: 0.1/97/3). The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 170 mg (31%) of compound 14, which was crystallized from DIPE, filtered and dried to give 103 mg of compound 14.
The compounds and intermediates in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 14, starting from the respective starting materials.

- 110 -Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) -N
Compound 15 (from N
intermediate 11) N
/
HN / I
, F3C S.---N

N
Compound 16 (from intermediate 8) N
C N"--) / / I j F3C S'N
as a hydrochloride salt (1.7HC1. 1.9H20) Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) / NH
Compound 17 (from intermediate 11) (int. 11 was reacted with 1628318-10-4, N
followed by cleavage with TFA) ¨3 N
(I 1 /
F3C S---"N
N
4* 130 49 c.i Compound 18 (from y) intermediate 6) N

)F3C Q =-= N
---\ 45 12 Compound 19 (from intermediate 12) / 1 1F3 C S N'''' N
_31 28 13 Compound 30 (from LbN
intermediate 11 and chloromethyltrimethyl N
germane) e--iN
, Fõ s_¨,N, Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) / Ge 36 21 ,...
( Compound 31 (from oN
intermediate 11 and 0 chloromethyltrimethyl N
germane) /
F3C S----\ N---ij N
C---h N
/ I 1\1 /

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 20:
A mixture of 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (150 mg, 0.59 mmol) prepared as described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2016), 59(3), 892-913, 2-benzyl 2,7-diaza-spiro-[4.4]nonane (CAS[885275-27-4]) (129 mg, 0.59 mmol) and DIPEA (0.31 mL, 1.78 mmol) in ACN (15 mL) were heated at 80 C overnight. The mixture was cooled and poured into cooled water, the product was extracted with Et0Ac, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular bare silica 24 g, mobile phase: DCM/Me0H/NH4OH: 97/3/0.1). The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 200 mg (yield 78%) of compound 20 (racemic mixture).

. 4fk N
.R
N) N
*S"
N
C-----)N HN
F3C __________________________________ S----N F3C __ S----N%
Preparation of enantiomers 20a and 20b The enantiomers were separated via chiral SFC (stationary phase: Lux Cellulose-4 5 m 250*21.2mm, mobile phase: CO2/Me0H (0.3% iPrNH2): 70/30). The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 80 mg (yield 31%) of a first eluted fraction Fl and 81 mg (yield 31%) of a second eluted fraction F2.
Fl (80 mg; 0.185 mmol) was dissolved in acetone, at 10 C, and 4N HC1 in dioxane (2 eq, 0.37 mmol, 934) was added followed by Et20. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and taken up with Et20, a precipitate was filtered and dried giving 65 mg (yield 20%) of compound 20a as a hydrochloride salt (1.95HC1 . 1.25H20 . 0.19 Dioxane . 0.06 .. Et20) F2 (81 mg, 0.187 mmol) was dissolved in acetone, at 10 C, and 4N HC1 in dioxane (2 eq, 0.37 mmol, 93 L) was added followed by Et20. The mixture was evaporated to dryness, taken up with Et20, a precipitate was filtered and dried giving 49 mg (yield 15%) of compound 20b as a hydrochloride salt (2.0HC1 . 1.8H20).

=
----N
N
/\....... .../
N
/C s=-)N
/ I I
F3C _________________________________ S--"N
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 18:
A mixture of intermediate 6 (222 mg, 0.63 mmol), benzyl bromide (82 4, 0.685 mmol) and K2CO3 (430 mg, 3.11 mmol) in ACN (20 mL) was stirred at rt overnight. The solution was poured out into cooled water, the product was extracted with Et0Ac, the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular 15-40 gm 30 g, mobile phase: DCM/Me0H/NH4OH: gradient from 100/0/0 to 97/3/0.1). The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 170 mg (yield 61%) of compound 18 (racemic mixture).
N
_____________________________________________ / I

Preparation of enantiomers compound 21a =
"S "gil \N/
/ I

And compound 21b Compound 18 was separated into its enantiomers via chiral SFC (stationary phase: Lux Cellulose-2 5gm 250*30mm, mobile phase: CO2/MeOH: 75/25). The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 72 mg (yield 26%) of a first eluted fraction Fl and 76 mg (yield 27%) of a second eluted fraction F2.
Fl was dissolved in acetone (3 mL), a solution of 4N HC1 in dioxane (2eq, 80 gL, 0.32 mmol) was added dropwise at 10 C, Et20 was added and after 30 min a precipitate was filtered and dried giving 54 mg (yield 16%) of compound 21a as a hydrochloride salt (1.8HC1 . 1.9H20).
F2 was dissolved in acetone (3 mL), a solution of 4N HC1 in dioxane (2eq, 85 gL, 0.34 mmol) was added dropwise at 10 C, Et20 was added and after 30 min a precipitate was filtered and dried giving 34 mg (yield 10%) of compound 21b as a hydrochloride salt (1.8HC1 . 2.1H20).

1--111.
N

N

/
F3C S--"N
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 22:
To a solution of intermediate 11 (200 mg, 0.51 mmol) in ACN (5 mL) was added intermediate 16 (220 mg, 1.08 mmol) and K2CO3 (221.4 mg, 1.53 mmol). The mixture was heated to 90 C and stirred overnight. Water (10 mL) and DCM (10 mL) were added to the reaction mixture. The organic phase was separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (10 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (10 mL), evaporated to give a residue which was purified by chromatography over silica gel (Column: Gemini 150*25 5u; mobile phase: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v)/CH3CN: gradient from 42/58 to 12/88, gradient Time (min): 10; 100% B Hold Time (min): 2; flow Rate (ml/min): 25).
The desired fractions were collected and dried in vacuum to give the residue.
The residue was lyophilized to give 65 mg (yield 28%) of compound 22 as a light yellow solid.

___/----N ' HO
NEb N

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 24:
Intermediate 17 (180 mg, 0.36 mmol) and 3N NaOH (0.61 mL, 1.82 mmol) in Me0H
(10 mL) were stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to rt, poured into water and extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 yielding 130 mg of compound 24(79% yield).

NH
(i1:11 N

S----\ N
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 25:
At 5 C, to a solution of intermediate 43 (100 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DCM (10 mL), 4N

in dioxane (246 L, 0.99 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at rt for 15h. The reaction was evaporated to dryness. Then, the residue was taken-up with DCM, washed with NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase:
irregular SiOH 15-40 m 24g, mobile phase: NH4OH/DCM/Me0H gradient from 0.5/95/5 to 1/90/10). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 yielding 25 mg of compound 25(31% yield).
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 25, starting from the respective starting materials.

Quantity Yield Compound number Structure (mg) (%) =
Compound 37 (from intermediate 44) LbN
/ N

Compound 112 (from intermediate 27) / I N

/ I N

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 26:
In a sealed tube, 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (0.15 g, 0.594 mmol), 6-(phenylmethoxy)-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane (0.145 g, 0.713 mmol) and DIPEA
(0.205 mL, 1.19 mmol) in isopropanol (2 mL) were heated at 90 C overnight. The solution was cooled to rt and poured into water then extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was crystallized from Et20 and dried. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (15-40 gm, 24 g, eluent: heptane/Et0Ae: 80/20 to 20/80).
The pure fractions were mixed and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was taken up by Et20, filtered and dried yielding 0.111 g of compound 26 (45% yield).

rC)N-.1 C4H404 _____________________________________ / I N

S
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 28:
A mixture of intermediate 10b (200 mg), 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxaldehyde (183 mg; 1.66 mmol) and AcOH (32 gL; 0.555 mmol) in DCE (6 mL) was stirred at 50 C
for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and NaBH(OAc)3 (353 mg; 1.665 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purifed by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 1% NH4OH, 10% Me0H, 90% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 165 mg of compound 28 as an oil (73%). Compound 28 was dissolved in ACN and HC1 (4N in dioxane) (277 gL; 1.11 mmol) was added. The HC1 salt was filtered but revealed to be too hydroscopic. The residue was then dissolved in DCM/Me0H and the organic layer was washed with a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The resulting residue was dissolved in ACN and fumaric acid (47 mg; 0.404 mmol; 1 eq) was added and the solution was allowed to stand until crystallization (overnight). The precipitate was filtered, washed with ACN then Et20 and dried yielding 188 mg of compound 28 as the fumarate salt (1 equivalent based on 1H NMR).

The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 28, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield Compound number Structure (mg) (%) N¨N 47 (11,) Compound 34 (from intermediate N
10b and 1-methyl-1H-pyrazo le-3-S
carboxaldehyde ) N

.......
Compound 44 (from intermediate N
10b and isobutyraldehyde ) N
Fl S---N

H
N
NiC..
dr\31 N
C---)N
/ I
,, /
, F3C S'....-) PREPARATION OF COMPOUND .v: N
At 10 C, 4N HC1 in dioxane (0.7 mL; 2.85 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 50 (145 mg; 0.28 mmol) in ACN (7mL). The solution was stirred at rt overnight. The solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken in ice water, 10 basified with NH4OH and DCM was added. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated till dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular SiOH 15-40 m 12g, mobile phase: DCM/Me0H/NH4OH 90/10/10). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water yielding 0.050 g (43% yield) of compound 29.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 29, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) H

1\10 N
Compound 40 (from 8 N
intermediate 47) F3c/ s----N
2.68HC12.1H20 H
N¨N 72 55 c_k N
Compound 41 (from intermediate 48 N

S----N

Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) ys Compound 88 (from intermediate 26 NN
(N) / I

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 36:
Under a N2 flow, to a solution of intermediate 11(287 mg, 0.87 mmol) in DCM
(14 mL) was added 1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (133 mg, 0.68 mmol) and AcOH (51 L, 0.87 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2h. NaBH(OAc)3 (742 mg, 3.5 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The mixture was poured into ice water and was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM.
The organic layer was washed with brine then, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular SiOH 15-40 m 24g, mobile phase: DCM/Me0H (+10% NH4OH):
gradient from 97/3 to 90/10. The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water: 20/80 yielding 0.057 g (15% yield) of compound 36.

The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 36, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) N

N.._õ, /...._'N
Compound 76 (from intermediate 11 and N
intermediate 51) 1-----7¨) N

NLb N
/ I
/ S----N

To a solution of intermediate 11c (200mg) in dichloroethane (10 mL) was added methylbenzaldehyde (59 mg; 0.494mmo1), NaBH(OAc)3 (523mg; 2.47mmo1) and triethylamaine (150mg; 1.48mm01). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then, a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (10 mL) and DCM (10 mL) were added.The mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM
(10 mL*2).
The organic layers were combined, washed with water (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, evaporated to give 300mg of a yellow oil which was purified by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (Column: Kromasil 150*25mm*10um; Conditions:

A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v), B: MeCN, at the beginning: A (52%) and B
(48%), at the end: A: (22%) and B (78%), Gradient Time(min) 8;; Flow Rate(ml/min) 30.
The fractions containing the product were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum.The aqueous layer was lyophilized to dryness to give 150mg (70%) of compound 45 as white solid.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 45, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) II
Compound 46 (from .) intermediate 11c and m-7.....
to lualdehyde ) N
/ / I
F3C S---"\ 1,1 - HC1 salt \o 120 .
Compound 47 (from Ni....b intermediate 11c and 2-methoxy-5-N
methylbenzaldehyde ) F3c S c N".7 Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) F .
Compound 48 (from intermediate 11c and 2,4- Ni.......) difluorobenzaldehyde ) N

gi Compound 49 (from No intermediate 11c and p-tolualdehyde ) 0 N

Compound 50(from intermediate 11c and 2,4- b dimethylbenzaldehyde ) N
F3C s*----NN
HC1 salt Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) F *
Compound 54(from Ni.b intermediate 11c and 2-fluorobenzaldehyde ) N
C-XLN
/ I I
, HC1 salt F

Compound 56(from intermediate 11c and 3- NL...13 fluorobenzaldehyde ) N
/ e------ry F3 s---- --1\1 HCl salt N

N
/ I

S-----N

A mixture of S)-5 -methyl-5 -az aspiro [2 .4] heptane-6-carboxylic acid (94 mg; 0.61 mmol), HBTU (231 mg; 0.61 mmol) and DIPEA (0.52 mL; 3.04 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred for 1 hour. Then, a solution of intermediate 10b (200 mg) in DMF (5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into iced water, basified with a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was washed by H20, then brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 10g; mobile phase: gradient from 3% Me0H, 97%
DCM
to 10% Me0H, 90% DCM). The fractions containing the product were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 144 mg of an impure fraction 1. A second purification was performed (irregular SiOH, 40g; mobile phase: 0.5% NH4OH, 95% DCM, 5%
Me0H). The fractions containing the product were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 43 mg of an impure fraction 2.
Fraction 2 was purified again by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 10g;
mobile phase: gradient from 3% Me0H, 97% DCM to 10% Me0H, 90% DCM). The fractions containing the product were collected and evaporated to dryness. The resulting residue was taken up with diisopropyl ether. The solid was filtered and dried yielding 17 mg of compound 108.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 108, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) Compound 74 (from H N

intermediate 32 and N- . RS
ip isopropylethylenediami Ill ne ) N
I_C---XLN
1 I ) F3C S N"...

Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) HN
Compound 75 (from = intermediate 32 and 2- RS

aminoethanol ) / I

HCI salt NLb / I

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 57:
LiA1H4 (66 mg, 1.73 mmol) was added to intermediate 54 (450 mg, 0.693 mmol) in THF
(12 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 1.5h. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4C1, extracted with DCM and concentrated to afford a white solid. This solid was purified by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (column: Xtimate C18 150*25mm*10um, condition: water (0.05%
ammonia hydroxide,v/v)/ACN: gradient from 52/48 to 42/58). To the aqueous layer was added 0.1 mL 1N HC1. The solution was freeze-dried yielding 30 mg of compound 57 as a yellow solid (HC1 salt).

)------\ HCI salt N
/ I
F3C/ S"---N
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 58:
To a solution of intermediate 8 (200 mg, 0.5 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added isobutyraldehyde (70 L, 0.77 mmol) and TEA (0.37 mL, 2.63 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 3h. NaBH(OAc)3 (317 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred at rt overnight. The solution was poured out into cooled water and was basified with K2CO3 powder. The product was extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular bare silica 40g, mobile phase:
NH4OH/DCM/MeOH: 0.2/98/2). The residue was dissolved in 5 mL of ACN, 2eq of 4N
HC1 in dioxane (117 L; 0.47 mmol) was added dropwise at 10 C. Et20 was added and after 30mn, the solution was evaporated to dryness, Et20 was added and a precipitate was filtered and dried yielding 38 mg of compound 58 (HC1 salt).
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 58, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) N
p 73 Compound 59 (from (¨)N
intermediate 8 and 1-methy1-1H-pyrazo le- 6 N
4-carbaldehyde ) HC1 salt N, ) _____________________________________ RS
N
lip N

S'"--N
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 62:
1M TBAF in THF (0.815 mL, 0.815 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of intermediate 55 (0.248 g, 0.407 mmol) in Me-THF (8 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was washed with 10% aqueous K2CO3 (30 mL), water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (80 g, 15-40 gm, eluent: DCM/MeOH: 97/3 to 88/12). The pure fractions were mixed and the solvent was evaporated yielding 0.043 g of compound 62 (21% yield).

vp \ ¨Rs c..N.31 () PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 63:
2,2-Dimethyl-tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (87 mg; 0.609 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (645 mg; 3.045 mmol) were added at rt to a solution of intermediate 11(200 mg;
0.609 mmol) in DCE (4 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3.
The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g;
mobile phase: NH4OH/Me0H/DCM: gradient from 0/0/100 to 0.7/7/93). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was freeze-dried from water/ACN
(80/20; 10 mL) yielding 155 mg of compound 63 (56% yield).
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 63, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) c_o 71 60 Compound 65 (from ( NL..b intermediate 11 and 3 -methylo xetane-3-N
carbaldehyde ) / e------y s---N

F
.........F
F
( --1 N

F3C S----\ N
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 64:
A mixture of intermediate 11 (150 mg, 0.457 mmol), 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (69 L, 0.502 mmol) and DBU (CAS[6674-22-2]) (136 L, 0.914 mmol) in DMSO (3 mL) was stirred at rt for 18h. The reaction mixture was poured onto water and extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was washed several times with water, then brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase:

NH4OH/Me0H/DCM gradient from 0/0/100 to 0.7/7/93). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified a second time by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 10g; mobile phase:
Et0Ac/heptane:
gradient from 60/40 to 80/20). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was crystallized from DIPE yielding, after drying under vacuum at 50 C, 100 mg of compound 64 (53% yield).

F.) , F3/ __________________________________ s,,N) PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 67:
Under N2, to a solution of intermediate 11 (100 mg; 0.31 mmol), 2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-y1))acetaldehyde (48 L; 0.37 mmol) in THF (3 mL) were stirred at rt for 3h.
NaBH(OAc)3 (129 mg; 0.61 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight . A 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and Et0Ac were added. The mixture was extracted with Et0Ac (x3).The organic layers were combined, washed with brine then dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was evaporated.
The residue (136mg) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (SiO2, 4g;
gradient:
from 95% DCM, 5% Me0H, 0.5% NH4OH to 90% DCM, 10% Me0H, 1% NH4OH ).
The fractions containing the product were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 90 mg of colourless oil which was recrystallized with diisopropylether.
The precipitate was filtered and dried to give 45 mg (34%) of compound 67 as a white solid.

o N
\ .:IN
RS
LbN
N
F3C / I."- S

In a sealed tube, under N2, intermediate 35 (211 mg; 1.37 mmol) and Ti(OiPr)4 (4364;
1.83 mmol) were added to a solution of intermediate 11 (300 mg; 0.914 mmol) in THF
(6 mL). The solution was stirred at 50 C for 5 hours then at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5 C and isopropyl magnesium chloride 2M in THF (2.28 mL;
4.57 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to rise slowly to rt and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with Et0Ac and poured onto a 10%
aqueous solution of K2CO3. The precipitate was removed by filtration over Celite . The organic layer was decanted, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 40g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 10%
Me0H, 90% DCM). The fractions containing the product were collected and evaporated to dryness to give 0.337 g of an intermediate residue which was purified again by chromatography via reverse phase (stationary phase: YMC-actus Triart C18 101m 30*150mm, mobile phase: gradient from 55% NH4HCO3 0.2%, 45% ACN to 0%
NH4HCO3 0.2%, 100% ACN). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 to afford 120 mg (26%) of compound 71.

(NH2 N

HCI salt / I

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 77:
Hydrazine (36 L, 0.92 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 41(110 mg, 0.18 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL). The solution was heated at 70 C for 1h30. The reaction was cooled to rt, then poured into water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, then dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase:
irregular bare silica 40g, mobile phase: NH4OH/DCM/MeOH: 1/85/15). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 2 mL of ACN, 3 eq of 6N HC1 in iPrOH were added dropwise at 10 C. Et20 was added and after 30mn, the precipitate was filtered and dried yielding 83 mg of compound 77(37% yield).

o..6 / I

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 62:
TFA (1.5 mL) was added to a solution of intermediate 25 (300 mg, 0.571 mmol) in DCM
(15 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18h. The reaction mixture was poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was decanted, filtered over chromabond and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 10g; mobile phase:
NH4OH/Me0H/DCM: gradient from 0.3/3/97 to 1.5/15/85). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was crystallized from DIPE
and dried yielding 118 mg of compound 82 (48% yield).
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 82, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) ) S
( )N H
N
Compound 315 1-----b (from intermediate 109) N
C\I
F
S------N
F
F

N
Compound 318 RS
(from intermediate 11 N
112 and T = 0 C) N
TFA salt HN
/ I j /

F
fi RS
ILlip N
/ 1 y S
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 84:
Intermediate 1 lb (198 mg) and 4-fluorophenylacetone (68 L, 0.51 mmol) in THF
(5 mL) were stirred at rt overnight. Then NaBH(OAc)3 (161 mg, 0.76 mmol) was added portionwise. The mixture was stirred at rt for 24h. The solution was poured out into cooled water and basified with a solution of 3N NaOH, Et0Ac was added. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (stationary phase: irregular bare silica 40g, mobile phase: NH4OH/DCM/MeOH: 0.1/97/3). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 yielding 30 mg of compound 84.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 84, starting from the respective starting materials.
Quantity Yield (%) Compound number Structure (mg) F

fi Compound 307 RS
Nib (from intermediate 1 lb and 1-(4-fluoropheny1)-3-N
metylbutan-2-one) / 1 nil F3c s N
ijN RS
, õ F3C/ SN
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND
N
\
*R
N

(n\

_N
\
N
C)\

and COMPOUND 138 Ti(OEt)4 (2514; 1.2mmo1) was added at room temperature to a solution of intermediate 11 (200mg; 0.6mmo1) and 2,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2-methy1-4H-Indazo1-4-one (120mg;
0.8mm01) in dichloroethane (5mL) and Me0H (1.5mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hours then NaBH3CN (127mg; 2mm01) was added portionwise. The mixture was .. stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The solution was poured out into cooled water and DCM was added. The mixture was basified with K2CO3 powder, filtered through a pad of celite . The product was extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
The residue (361 mg) was purified by silica gel chromatography (Stationary phase:
irregular bare silica 40g, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH4OH, 95% DCM, 5% Me0H). The fraction containing the product were mixed and concentrated to afford 120mg (43%) of compound 133.
Chiral separation of compound 133 was performed via chiral SFC (Stationary phase:
Chiralpak AD-H 5 m 250*30mm , Mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30% Me0H(0.3%
iPrNH2)). The fractions containing the products were mixed and concentrated to afford:
- 45mg of fraction 1 which was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 to give 40mg (43%) of compound 137 as a white powder.
- 46mg of fraction 2 which was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 to give 42mg (46%) of compound 138 as a white powder.

N
/ I
S-----\ N
, F3C/
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 145 , 6.3N *R C
N
/ I
F3 C/ S"----N

oN
N) CL)\1 A solution of 1-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylethanone (351 mg; 2.74 mmol), intermediate 11(600 mg; 1.83 mmol), Ti(OiPr)4 (870 L; 2.92 mmol) in Et0H (3 mL) was stirred for 2 hours at 45 C. Additional Et0H (18 mL) and NaBH4 (138 mg; 3.65 mmol) were added.
The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3. The insoluble material was removed by filtration over celite . The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase : gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 1% NH4OH, 10% Me0H, 90% DCM).
The fractions containing the product were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 487 mg (60%) of compound 145. The enantiomers of compound 145 were separated by chiral SFC (CHIRALPAK AD-H 5 m 250*30mm; mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30%
mixture of Et0H/iPrOH 50/50 v/v). The fractions containing the products were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residues were freeze dried from from water/ACN
(80/20;
10 mL) yielding 171 mg (21%) of compound 154 and 178 mg (22%) of compound 155.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 145, starting from the respective starting materials. The most relevant minor deviations are indicated in the column 'Compound number'.
Compound number Structure Quantity Yield Compound 279 (from ( I 243 mg 37%
c.1Rs o intermediate 11 and 1 -(3 -methylo xetan-3 -(N5 yl)ethenone [1363381-04-7]
e--) /
With 6eq. of Ti(iPrO)4 F3o S -------N
and 2eq. of NaBH4.

Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 77 mg 12%
aN)*R LI

N
Compound 158 and F3 C /
S
compound 159 From SFC purification of Compound 158 intermediate ( gm 250*30 mm, mobile phase: 80% CO2, 20%
80 mg 12%
Et0H(0.3% iPrNH2)) F3c/
SN
Compound 159 14%
Compound 192 (from ( 76 mg intermediate 11 and 1-(tetrahydro-2,6-dimethy1-2H-pyran-4-y1)-1-Propanone With 1.6eq. of Ti(iPrO)4 F3 SN
and 2eq. of NaBH4 195 mg Compound 280 (from N
intermediate 1 lb and 3-RS
methyl-1-(tetrahydro -2H-pyran-4-y1)-1-Butanone With 6eq. of Ti(iPrO)4 and 2eq. of F3 NaBH4 Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 70 mg 10%

Compound 179 and compound 180 From /
F30 s---Nr SFC purification of compound Compound 179 H 5 gm 250*30 mm;
69 mg 10%
mobile phase: 75% CO2, 25% Me0H(0.3%
iPrNH2)) Cf)2F3C/ S
Compound 180 Compound 250 ,o 369 mg 62%
With 6eq. of Ti(iPrO)4 LbN
and 2eq. of NaBH4 / I N

Compound 250 From intermediate 11 and 1-(1,1-dioxidotetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)ethenone Compound number Structure Quantity Yield o \\ o s%
compound 163 ) 123 mg 21%
1.....bN
and N
e\j Compound 163 compound 164 \\ 0 ) 123 mg 21%
---.s D
N
Cn\I

Compound 164 From compound 250 chiral SFC: CHIRACEL OJ-H
5gm 250*30mm; mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30%
Me0H (0.3% iPrNH2) N
Compound 314 // 105 mg 15%
(From intermediate 11 and 4-Cyanophenylacetone RS
ciN

e--r F3c/ s---,N_ PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 312 (Diastereoisomer A (mixture of 2 compounds (RR
and SS) or (RS and SR)) and COMPOUND 313 (Diastereoisomer B (mixture of 2 compounds (RS and SR) or (RR and SS)):
Co 312: Diastereoisomer A (RR and SS) or (RS and SR) Co 313: Diastereoisomer B (RS and SR) or (RR and SS) ( i Nil H
N

F3c/ s--"N
Reaction mixture 1: A solution of 3-methyl-1-(6-oxaspiro[4.5]dec-9-y1)-1-Butanone (1.5 eq.), intermediate 11(100 mg; 0.285 mmol), Ti(OiPr)4 (1.6 eq.) in ethanol (0.25 mL) was stirred for 2 hours at 45 C. Ethanol (3 mL) was added and NaBH4 (2 eq.) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours.
Reaction mixture 2 : A solution of 3-methyl-1-(6-oxaspiro[4.5]dec-9-y1)-1-Butanone (546 mg; 2.436 mmol; 2eq), intermediate 11(400 mg; 1.22 mmol), Ti(OiPr)4 (580 L;
1.95 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) was stirred for 2 hours at 45 C. Ethanol (12 mL) was added and NaBH4 (92 mg; 2.436 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours.
The two reaction mixtures were gathered and diluted with Et0Ac, poured onto a 10%
aqueous solution of K2CO3 and filtered through a pad of Celite . The organic layer was decanted, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g;
mobile phase: gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 0.9% NH4OH, 9% Me0H, 91% DCM). The desired fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness.
The residue (280 mg) was further separated by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase: 67% heptane, 33% Et0Ac (+ 5% Me0H containing 10%
NH4OH)). The desired fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding:
- 100mg (12%) of compound 312 (eluted first; not pure enough) which was further purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase:
gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 0.5% NH4OH, 5% Me0H, 95% DCM).

The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The pure fractions were freeze dried from water/ACN (80/20; 10 mL) yielding 80 mg (10%) of compound 312.
- 110mg (13%) of compound 313 (eluted second; not pure enough) which was further purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase:
gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 0.5% NH4OH, 5% Me0H, 95% DCM).
The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The pure fractions were freeze dried from water/ACN (80/20; 10 mL) yielding 70 mg (9%) of compound 313.

\ NH
N/ *R ______________________________________________ /
N
C*---)N
/ I j /

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 147:
A mixture of intermediate 60a (216 mg; 0.4 mmol) and TFA (1 mL; 13.067 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 4h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and basified with a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3. The organic layer was decanted, washed with water, filtered through Chromabond0 and evaporated to dryness. The residue (200 mg) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 10 g;
mobile phase:
85% DCM, 14% Me0H, 1% NH4OH). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was freeze-dried from water/ACN (80/20; 10 mL) yielding 136 mg of compound 147 (77%).
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 147, starting from the respective starting materials.

Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 130 mg 71%
CN H
Compound 146 (from intermediate 60b C)\1 N H 29 mg 45%
N/ 'R
Compound 150 (fromN5 intermediate 63a F3c s 50 mg CN H
RS
Compound 148 (from intermediate 68 TFA salt F3/ C)\I
SN
45 mg 50%
*R( NH
Compound 168 (from intermediate 68a (N)-Cn\I

Compound number Structure Quantity Yield *s CN H 50 mg 58%
Compound 169 (from intermediate 68b (N
/ (TN
F3C S ----N--.-RS

&N) e--riN
, F3c _______________________________ s¨"--N-, c3N/ -IR ___________________________ /
&N) e¨nN
, F3c __________________ S ----"",N
COMPOUND 193 , *s co N __ &N ----3 e¨nN
, F3c __________________ S ----"",N

&N)-, F3C
AND COMPOUND 157:
A solution o f 2-methyl-1 -(tetrahydro -2H-pyran-4-y1)-1 -Prop anone (1.66 g;
10.63 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added to a solution of intermediate 11(2.33 g; 7.08 mmol) and TFA
(3.3 mL; 42.5 mmol) in THF (45 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight.
Then NaBH(OAc)3 (4.5 g; 21.25 mmol) was added portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 7 days. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 days. The solution was poured out into a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3, Et0Ac was added. The mixture was extracted with Et0Ac (3x). The organics layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue (3.9 g;
yellow oil) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (SiO2; 40 g; eluent: from 97% DCM, 3% Me0H, 0.3% NH4OH to 90% DCM, 10% Me0H, 1% NH4OH). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 666 mg of pale brown solid compound 156.
Compound 156 was purified by reverse phase (YMC-actus Triart C18 10 gm 30*150 .. mm, mobile phase: gradient from 50% NH4HCO3 0.2%, 50% ACN to 0% NH4HCO3 0.2%, 100% ACN). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 66 mg of compound 157 (colourless oil) and 264 mg of compound 156 (8%;
colourless oil).
50 mg of compound 156 was freeze-dried with water-ACN to give 47 mg of compound 156 ( white solid).
Compound 157 was freeze-dried with water-ACN to give 53 mg of compound 157 (2%, white solid).
Compound 156 (214 mg) was purified by chiral SFC (CHIRALPAK AD-H 5 gm 250*30 mm, mobile phase: 75% CO2, 25% Et0H (0.3% iPrNH2)). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 82 mg of compound 193 (colourless oil) and 82 mg of compound 162 ( colourless oil).
Compound 193 was freeze-dried with water-ACN to give 72 mg of compound 193 (2%, white solid).
Compound 162 was freeze-dried with water-ACN to give 77 mg of compound 162 (2%, white solid).

The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 193, starting from the respective starting materials.
Compound number Structure Quantity Yield mg 7%
Rsc:Compound 309 as a mixture of 4 diasteoisomers (ratio:

65/35) N
(from intermediate 11 and 105) Rs "R
÷÷c COMPOUND 166:

ccy *s cI31 AND COMPOUND 1197: -In a sealed tube, under N2, 1,3-dimethy1-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (284 mg;
2.28 mmol) and Ti(iPrO)4 (727 L; 3.05 mmol) were added to a solution of intermediate 11 (500 mg; 1.52 mmol) in THF (10 mL). The solution was stirred at 50 C for 2h.
The reaction mixture was cooled to 5 C and iPrMgC1 (3.8 mL; 7.61 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to rise slowly to rt and stirred overnight.
The reaction mixture was poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and Et0Ac.
The insoluble was filtered through a pad of celite0 then, the organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue (866 mg, brown oil) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (SiO2; 40 g; eluent: from 96% DCM, 4% Me0H, 0.4% NH4OH to 93% DCM, 7% Me0H, 0.7% NH4OH). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to dryness. The residue (496 mg, yellow oil) was recrystallized with diethylether. The precipitate was filtered and dried to give 324 mg of compound 161( (45%, white solid).
270 mg of compound 161( was purified by chiral SFC (CHIRALPAK AD-H Sum 250*30 mm, mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30% iPOH (0.3% iPrNH2)). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give 128 mg of compound 166 (18%, colourless oil) and 131 mg of compound 167 (18%, colourless oil).
Compound 166 was freeze-dried with water-ACN to give 110 mg of compound 166 (15%, white solid).
Compound 167 was freeze-dried with water-ACN to give 115 mg of compound 167 (16%, white solid).
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 161, starting from the respective starting materials. The most relevant minor deviations are indicated in the column Yield.

Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 26 mg 4%
RS ---"N
Compound 172 (from intermediate 11 and 1,5-dimety1-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde C¨r) /
F3c SN
109 mg 15%
"R N
Compound 173 and compound 174 From SFC purification of F3 compound 172CHIRALCEL OD-H Compound 173 gm 250*30 mm, mobile phase: 80% CO2, cej *s 20% Et0H (0.3%
iPrNH2)) N5 cnN 105 mg 14%
F3c SN
Compound 174 31 mg 9%
Compound 186 (from *s intermediate 70b and 1-methyl-1H-Pyrazole-4-/
carboxaldehyde (nN

Compound number Structure Quantity Yield N-)---- 53 mg 15%
.
*S C---\-/N---N
Compound 188 and compound 189 /
F3c s----,N--From SFC purification Compound 188 of compound 186( gm 250*30 mm, mobile c9:-.-_\_,N_____ *s 74 mg 21%
phase: 85% CO2, 15%
N
Et0H (0.3% iPrNH2)) N
F3C S----'",N".' Compound 189 Compound 281 250 71%
Ti(OEt)4 From intermediate 70a .. ,7 71_ was used and 1-methyl-1H- *R N in the Pyrazole-4- N synthesis.
carboxaldehyde. /
F3c s-----,N"--.
77 mg 22%
Compound 190 and N
compound 191 /
F3C S----Nr From SFC purification of compound Compound 190 281(CHIRALPAK AD-H 5 gm 250*30 mm, )----- 61 mg 17%
mobile phase: 85% CO2, ( *R -',N/ -----15% Et0H (0.3% N
iPrNH2)) Cril /
F3c s----,N, Compound 191 F
F
RS
N

/
N
S----PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 170: F3C
Intermediate 1 lb (198 mg) and 1-(3,5-difluorophenyl)propan-2-one) (86 mg;
0.51 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt overnight. Then NaBH(OAc)3 (161 mg;
0.76 mmol) was added portionwise. The mixture was stirred at rt for 24h. The solution was poured out into cooled water, basified with a solution of NaOH 3N, Et0Ac was added. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue (141 mg) was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular bare silica 40 g, mobile phase: 0.1% NH4OH, 97% DCM, 3% Me0H). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated. The residue (50 mg) was freeze-dried with ACN/water 20/80 to give 16 mg of compound 170.
The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 170, starting from the respective starting materials.
Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 35 mg ¨

RS
\ I
Compound 171 (from intermediate 1 lb and 2- N5 methoxyphenylacetone C¨rfõ, /
F3C s-----N

Compound number Structure Quantity Yield F
38 mg Compound 183 (from ciN RS
intermediate 1 lb (and 3-fluorophenylacetone N)-HCI salt (fl F3c/ S----N
55 mg RS
Compound 182 (from c-3 intermediate lib and 3-N)-methyl-1-pheny12-butanone e--) /
F3c S-----N

/ \ 143 mg 56%
\./
Compound 185 (from N
intermediate 70a and Tetrahydropyran-4- & *R
N
carbaldehyde [50675-18-8) / I
/
F3c s---N-Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 124 mg 48%
Compound 187 (from c9N
intermediate 70b and Tetrahydropyran-4-carb aldehyde [50675-18-8) / I '3 F3 C' "R
HCI salt /

PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 184:
A mixture of intermediate 70a (250 mg; 0.73 mmol), isobutyraldehyde (200 L;
2.19 mmol) and AcOH (42 L; 0.73 mmol) in DCE (8 mL) was stirred at 50 C for 3h.
The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and NaBH(OAc)3 (464 mg; 2.19 mmol) was added.
The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight, poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24 g; mobile phase: gradient from 100% DCM to 10%
Me0H
(+10%NH4OH), 90% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The hydrochloride salt was prepared: The residue (110 mg, 38%) was dissolved in ACN and HC1 4N in 1,4-dioxane (2eq.) was added. The solution was evaporated to dryness and taken up several times with ACN. The residue was crystallized from Et20 yielding 120 mg of compound 184 (HC1 salt).

The compound in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 184, starting from the respective starting materials.
Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 35 mg 15%
Compound 288 (from intermediate 70b and isobutyraldehyde (nN
F3c/ SN

I.
&N
/F eN1 A solution of intermediate 70a (100 mg; 0.29 mmol), p-tolualdehyde (50 L;
0.35 mmol) in dichloroethane (3 mL) was stirred at rt for 3h. NaBH(OAc)3 (124 mg; 0.58 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. A 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and DCM were added. The organic layer was decanted, filtered through chromabond and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 10g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM
to 0.5% NH4OH, 5% Me0H, 95% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was freeze dried from water/ACN (80/20; 10 mL) yielding 73 mg (56%) of compound 289.

The compounds in the Table below were prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 289, starting from the respective starting materials. The most relevant minor deviations are indicated in the column Yield.
Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 85 mg 65 Compound 290 (from intermediate 70b and p-IN
tolualdehyde) &N
F
S-----\N
F
F
89 mg 68%
I.
Compound 291 (from THF as intermediate 70b and 4-.N/Ni solvent fluorobenzaldehyde) &N

F
S---"N
F
F
F
86 mg 65%
I.
Compound 292 (from THF as intermediate 70a and 4-i/N1 solvent fluorobenzaldehyde) &N

F
S---"N
F
F

Compound number Structure Quantity Yield 68 mg 56%
Compound 293 (from / 'Zil'i THF as intermediate 70a and 3- CN
solvent methylbutyraldehyde) F , /
F/ F ( nN
S = - " - " \ N
72 mg 60%

Compound 294 (from THF as intermediate 70b and 3- (N
solvent methylbutyraldehyde) F , /
F/ F ( nl S = - " - " \ N
\ 50 mg 39%
N-N
Q
Compound 295 (from N.-) THF as intermediate 70a and 1- 1 T.Hi methyl-1H-pyrazo le-4- CN solvent carbaldehyde) FAF I ,i S---"\N%
F
0 50 mg 38%
Compound 296 (from ,:/N
intermediate 70a and N THF as solvent phenylacetaldehyde) eir \ I
F .,./...
S N
F ----- \
F

Compound number Structure Quantity Yield lei 18 mg 11%
Compound 297 (from 1 s* iN 1 8 HCO2H
intermediate 70b and CN THF as solvent phenylacetaldehyde) JN
F.... S N
/...
F -----\

O Compound 298 (from F 20 mg 14%
intermediate 70a and 2- N
(4-N
fluorophenyl)acetaldehy c----'LN
de) F/

\ 74 mg 58%
N¨N
Compound 299 ((from S, NJ THF as intermediate 70b and 1-methy1-1H-pyrazo le-4- (N solvent carbaldehyde) e------) NJ
F

S---"\N%
F

H N R
N
1----b N

S-------\¨

H NO ___________________ R.
*S

C)\1 S-'- F3C/
compound 200 NI
H NORS
L....7_3N
N
eY\I

S'r\j-and compound 222 A mixture of intermediate 71(546 mg; 1.01 mmol) and TFA (1.5 mL; 19.6 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was stirred at RT for 4 hours. The mixture was evaporated to dryness.
The residue was taken up with DCM and H20 then, basified with aqueous NaOH 3N.

The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness yielding 400 mg (90%) of compound 222.
The enantiomers were separated by chiral SFC (Chiralpak AD-H 5 m 250*30mm;
mobile phase: 50% CO2, 50% Et0H (0.3% iPrNH2)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 106 mg (24%) of compound 273 and 130 mg (29%) of compound 200.
Compound 273 can also be prepared from intermediate 71a using the same procedure.
Compound 200 can also be prepared from intermediate 71b using the same procedure.
The compounds in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 273 starting from the respective starting materials.

compound number Structure Quantity Yield compound 211 125 mg 56%
( (nN
N
From intermediate 77a compound 213 123 mg 55%

From intermediate 77b compound 259 96 mg 49%
Cr,j1 From intermediate 80 compound number Structure Quantity Yield H
compound 269 N 18 mg 55%
) ?F
ILlb N
s---N
F3c/ From intermediate 82 H
compound 269a N 170 mg 99%
Q
) R* p( ' LbN
N
/ I
F3/ S-----\ N-From intermediate 82a H
compound 269b N 193 mg Quant.
) s?F
ILlb N
/c fl) /
F3c S-----N
From intermediate 82b N ___________________________________ /\NZ) *R EbN
(N11 \N ______________________ *S
N
(N11 and compound 203 Under N2 at RT, 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (100 mg; 0.913 mmol) and Ti(OEt)4 (0.25 mL; 1.233 mmol) were added to a solution of intermediate 11(200 mg;
0.609 mmol) in THF (3 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours.
The reaction mixture was cooled to 5 C and iPrMgC12M in THF (1.5 mL; 3.045 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at 5 C, allowed to rise slowly RT over 6 hours and poured onto a cold aqueous solution of K2CO3. DCM
was added and the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite0. The insoluble material was washed several times with DCM. The organic layer was decanted, filtered over chromabond and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase: gradient from 0%
.. NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 0.8% NH4OH, 8% Me0H, 92% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 195 mg (69%) of racemic compound. The enantiomers were separated by chiral SFC (Lux Cellulose-2 5 m 250*30mm; mobile phase: 55% CO2, 45% Me0H (0.3% iPrNH2)). The two fractions were freeze dried from water/ACN (80/20; 12 mL) yielding 80 mg (28%) of compound 274 and 82 mg (29%) of compound 203.

/NI
Nn I NEb /NI if NEb compound 198 Nn,,s;

and compound 199 Under N2 at RT, 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (99 mg; 0.9 mmol) and Ti(OEt)4 (0.25 mL; 1.2 mmol) were added to a solution of intermediate 11 (197mg; 0.6 mmol) in THF (3 mL), the solution was stirred at RT for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C and CH3MgBr (3M in Et20; 1 mL; 3 mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was stirred for 30 min at 0 C and allowed to slowly rise RT for 6 hours. The solution was poured onto a mixture of cold water and aqueous saturated NH4C1 then Et0Ac was added. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24g; mobile phase:
gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 0.5% NH4OH, 5% Me0H, 95% DCM).
The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 130 mg (50%) of compound 197. The enantiomers were separated by chiral SFC (Lux Cellulose-4 5 m 250*21.2mm; mobile phase: 60% CO2, 40% Me0H (+0.3% iPrNH2)). The pure fractions were collected, evaporated and freeze dried from water/ACN (80/20) yielding 46 mg (17%) of compound 198 and 45 mg (17%) of compound 199.

The compounds in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 274 starting from the respective starting materials.
Compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 214 19 mg 13%
Nn s N
K
1---bN
N

F3C/ From intermediate 11, 1-Isopropyl- 1H-pyrazo le-4- carb aldehyde and iPrMgC12M in THF
compound 283 ND 143 mg 52%
I \ RS
N----- LbN
N

/
F3C S--"N
compound 283 From intermediate 11, 1 -methyl-1H-pyrazo le-4-carbaldehyde and EtMgBr 1M in THF
ip- 58 mg 21%
compound 220 L.....b N

/
S-----N-and compound 220 Compound Structure Quantity Yield number 0......0 N ---..
-s compound 221 1----bNN 61 mg 22%
/ / I

compound 221 From purification of compound 283 by Chiral SFC: CHIRALPAK IC 5ium 250*21.2mm;
mobile phase: 60% CO2, 40% Et0H (0.3%
iPrNH2) H
compound 223 N 28 mg 20%
R S
oN

N
e\I
F31 S----Nr From intermediate 11, tert-butyl 4-formyl-1H-pyrazo le-l-carbo xylate and MeMgBr 3M
in Et20 s compound 228 . 77 mg 57%

R S
oN

N
e\I
F31 S-----Nr From intermediate 11, isothiazo le-4-carbaldehyde and MeMgBr 3M in Et20 Compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 230 343 mg 78%
NO RS

Compound 230 From intermediate 11, 1-methy1-1H-pyrazo le-4-carb aldehyde and isobutylmagnesium bromide 2M in Et20 compound 247 N
'R
L.7DN 118 mg 27%

Compound 247 N---and 114 mg 26%
compound 248 Compound 248 From purificationof compound 230 by chiral SFC: Lux Cellulose-2 5nm 250*30mm;
mobile phase: 55% CO2, 45% Me0H (0.3%
iPrNH2).

Compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 231 25 mg 19%
RS
(r)F3C S
From intermediate 11, isoxazo le-4-carbaldehyde and MeMgBr 3M in Et20 compound 233 26 mg 19%
N

From intermediate 11, pyridine-3-carboxaldehyde and MeMgBr 3M in Et20 compound 235 23 mg 8%
N
*R
LbN
e)2 F3C/
Compound 235 and N--- 17 mg 6%
compound 236 ij*s Cn\I

Compound 236 Compound Structure Quantity Yield number and N-D õ
. ---'s compound 237 N /
27 mg 9%
, 4_, () F3c S"---N*
Compound 237 N--I / *R
and N
compound 238 o N
29 mg 10%
F3C S"----N
Compound 238 From intermediate 11, 1-methy1-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde and sec-butyl magnesium chloride 25%wt in THF
chiral SFC purification: CHIRALPAK AD-H
5gm 250*30mm; mobile phase: 80% CO2, 20% iPrOH (0.6% iPrNH2).
Compounds 237 and 238 were obtained after an additional chiral SFC:
CHIRALPAK AD-H 5gm 250*30mm;
mobile phase: 80% CO2, 20% iPrOH (0.6%
iPrNH2) then chiral SFC: Chiralcel OD-H
5gm 250x21.2mm; mobile phase: 82% CO2, 18% iPrOH (0.3% iPrNH2).

Compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 284 174 mg 50%
y-D RS
/IN

Compound 284 From intermediate 11, 1-methy1-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde and n-butyl magnesium chloride 2M in THF
58 mg 20%
compound 243 R
LbN

Compound 243 and *S N 64 mg 22%
compound 244 o (n\I

Compound 244 From chiral SFC separation of compound 384: CHIRALPAK IC 5ium 250*30mm;
mobile phase: 60% CO2, 40% Et0H (0.3%
iPrNH2).

Compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 285 N 75 mg 22%
H,---) lrtS

Compound 285 From intermediate 11, tert-butyl 4-formyl-1H-pyrazo le-l-carboxylate and iPrMgC1 2M
in THF
compound 245 H N / 25 mg 7%
and F3 (nN
/ S
compound 245 N
compound 246 H *S
24 mg 7%
eni compound 246 From Chiral SFC separation of compound 285: CHIRALPAK AD-H 5ium 250*30mm;
mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30% Et0H (0.3%
iPrNH2) Compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 249 S N 25 mg 19%
¨/
s 1.....bN
N
Cn\I

From intermediate 11, thiazo le-5-carbaldehyde and MeMgBr 3M in Et20 compound 286 / N 94 mg 71%
0 6s LbN
N
C)1 Compound 286 From intermediate 11, 1-methy1-1H-imidazole-5-carbaldehyde [CAS39021-62-0]
and MeMgBr 3M in Et20 /
compound 253 N = 0 NI----N3 22 mg 16%
e--)F3c/ s-----N
and compound 253 Compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 254 22 mg 15%
e)\i F3c/ S
compound 254 From Chiral SFC separation of compound 286: Chiralcel OD-H 5 m 250x21.2mm;
mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30% Me0H (0.3%
iPrNH2)) (N) C = = N
_____________________________________ / I

Hydrazine monohydrate (344; 0.86 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate (100 mg; 0.17 mmol) in Et0H (4 mL). The solution was heated at 50 C for 2h30.
The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated till dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 12g; mobile phase:
90%
DCM, 10% Me0H (+10% NH4OH)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken up with Et20 and evaporated to dryness yielding 35 mg (45%) of compound 195.

N
\ IN

RS
LbNN
C)\1 F3C/ S-----Nr Preparation of compound 287 , I
N

/ :
H \ ) *_ R

C----)N
_______________________ / I

' compound 201 N

H ND,,/Nini -1-bNN
e)\1 F3C/ ______________________ S ------'-and compound 202 N----A mixture of intermediate 87 (145 mg; 0.24 mmol) and TFA (0.7 mL; 9.15 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness. The residue was diluted with DCM and H20 then, basified with aqueous NaOH
3N. The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness yielding 100 mg (83%) of compound 287.
The enantiomers were separated by chiral SFC (CHIRALPAK IC 5 m 250x20mm;
mobile phase: 50% CO2, 50% Me0H (+2% iPrNH2)). The fractions containing each enantiomer were collected, evaporated to dryness and purified by reverse phase chromatography (YMC-actus Triart-C18 10 m 30*150mm; mobile phase: gradient from 75% NH4HCO3 0.2%, 25% ACN to 35% NH4HCO3 0.2%, 65% ACN). The pure fractions were collected, evaporated to dryness and freeze dried from ACN/water (20/80) yielding 21 mg (17%) of compound 201 and 23 mg (19%) of compound 202.

RS \
Lib / I

"R
______________________ / I

compound 251 N
*S
(N) / I j S
and compound 252 F3C
Under N2, a mixture of intermediate 1 lb (1 g) and 5-acetyl-1-methylpyrazole (168 mg1.35 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was stirred at rt overnight. Then, NaBH(OAc)3 (718 mg;
3.4 mmol) was added portion wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72h, poured into cold water, basified with K2CO3 powder and extracted with Et0Ac.

The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 12g; mobile phase:
gradient from 100% DCM, 0% Me0H to 95% DCM, 5% Me0H, 0.3% NH4OH). The fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue (300 mg) was purified a second time by reverse phase chromatography (YMC-actus Triart C18 10 m 30*150mm; mobile phase: gradient from 65% NH4HCO3 0.2% aq, 35% ACN to 25%
NH4HCO3 0.2% aq, 75% ACN). The pure fractions were collected, evaporated to dryness yielding 104 mg of compound 224.
Compound 224 was submitted to chiral SFC separation ((Stationary phase:
Chiralcel OD-H 5 m 250x21.2mm, Mobile phase: 70% CO2, 30% Et0H(0.3% iPrNH2)).
The fractions containing the product were mixed, concentrated and freeze-dried (ACN/water: 80/20) to afford 48 mg of compound 251 and 46 mg of compound 252.
The compounds in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 224 starting from the respective starting materials.
compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 232 I/ % 63 mg RS \ ¨/

111---N-) (\j From intermediate 1 lb and 4-acetylpyridine compound 258 N \ 45 mg > RS
N- N
1------b N
e)\1 /

From intermediate 1 lb and 5-acetylpyrimidine rj1 RS 61 C)\1 HCI salt PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 234 F3/ s A mixture of intermediate 88 (130 mg; 0.225 mmol) and HC1 4M in 1,4-dioxane (0.7 mL; 2.8 mmol) in Me0H (7 mL) was stirred at rt for 24 hours. The solution was cooled at 5 C and Et20 was added. The precipitate was filtered and dried yielding 111 mg of compound 234 (HC1 salt).

HO
oN
N

OH

/ I

and compound 271 A mixture of intermediate 11(300 mg; 0.854 mmol) and (R)-Styrene oxide (293 L;
2.563 mmol) in Et0H (6 mL) was stirred at 60 C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 12g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM
to 1% NH4OH, 10% Me0H, 90% DCM). The fractions containing the products were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 157 mg of an intermediate residue which was purified by reverse phase chromatography (YMC-actus Triart C18 10 m 30*150mm; mobile phase: gradient from 60% NH4HCO3 0.2% aq, 40% ACN to 40%
NH4HCO3 0.2% aq, 60% ACN). The fractions containing the products were collected, evaporated to dryness and freeze dried from water/ACN (80/20; 10 mL) yielding 58 mg (15%) of compound 270 and 62 mg (16%) of compound 271.

s=== s eni TFA (2.5 mL) was added to a solution of intermediate 93 (500 mg; 0.95 mmol) in DCM
(25 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was separated, filtered over Chromabond and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 10g; mobile phase: 0.7%
NH4OH, 7% Me0H, 93% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was crystallized from diisopropyl ethyl ether and dried yielding 120 mg (29%) of compound 105.
The compounds in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 105 starting from the respective starting materials.

compound or number Structure Quantity Yield compound 110 0 78 mg 34%

/

From intermediate 96 compound 109 117 mg 41%

Cni From intermediate 98 compound 111 0 47 mg 15%
0 S.
iõ.=
/

From intermediate 99 compound or number Structure Quantity Yield compound 90 58 mg 71%
0 ..
Cni From intermediate 100 0 .
="µ S
Cni PREPARATION OF COMPOUND ov HC14N in 1,4-dioxane (0.708 mL; 2.833 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate .. 101 (150 mg; 0.283 mmol) in ACN (7.5 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was decanted, filtered over chromabond and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 12g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% Me0H, 100% DCM
.. to 15% Me0H, 85% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness.
The residue was taken up several times with Et20 yielding 30 mg (25%) of compound 89.
The compounds in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 89 starting from the respective starting .. materials.

compound number Structure Quantity Yield compound 87 47 mg 29%
1,== s ,F1 (T)\1 From intermediate 102 compound 86 55 mg 42%
N N
/ I jF3C/
From intermediate 102 Compound 311 181 mg 58%
HN
/ I
From intermediate 107 RS . F
HCI salt (N) (¨)\' , s,NV
F3C, PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 317:
Intermediate 11(266 mg, 0.812 mmol), intermediate 110 (377 mg, 1.62 mmol) and K2CO3 in ACN (8 mL) were stirred overnight at 90 C. The mixture was poured into water then extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (Stationary phase: irregular SiOH 15-40gm 40g, mobile phase: DCM/MeOH:
gradient from 100/0 to 92/8). The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel by reverse phase (stationary phase: YMC-actus Triart-C18 10 gm 30*150mm, mobile phase:
0.2% NH4HCO3/ACN: gradient from 60/40 to 0/100). The fractions containing the product were collected and evaporated to dryness. The resulting residue was solubilized in ACN and 2 equivalents of a 4N solution of HC1 in dioxane was added. The mixture was concentrated and, then freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 yielding 0.091 g of compound 317 (HC1 salt).

0¨

L11) N
TFA salt N
/ I ) F S Nr n F F

To a solution of intermediate 1 lb (200 mg) in ethanol (5 mL) was added 1- (3-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-one (200 mg , 1.218 mmol), Pt02 (20 mg) and AcOH (2 drops). After stirring at 60 C overnight under H2, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Column: SunFire 19*250mm 10um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1%TFA/H20, B: ACN) to give 35 mg (12%) of compound 320 as yellow solid.
The compounds in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 320 starting from the respective starting materials.
compound Structure Quantity Yield number compound 321 / 44 mg RS
N
Lb N
/

F 1 1\1 S----\N) F
F
TFA salt From intermediate 1 lb and 1- (4-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-one compound Structure Quantity Yield number Compound 322 11 F 54 mg RS
N
FAF Cj\I
Si\I
F
TFA salt From intermediate 1 lb and 2-Fluorophenylacetone Compound 323 HO 36 mg I/
RS
NLb N
FAF Cn\I
S------N
F
TFA salt From intermediate 1 lb and 4-hydroxyphenylacetone compound Structure Quantity Yield number Compound 324 40 mg I/
RS
N
FAF Cj\I
Si\I
F
TFA salt From intermediate 1 lb and 1- (p-tolyl)propan-2-one COMPOUND 61 was synthesized together with intermediate 68, 68a and 68b. See synthesis protocol for intermediate 68, 68a and 68b.
CONVERSION
CONVERSION Cl *R
v-3 &N-(n\I

Preparation of compound 196 N

A solution of compound 273 (106 mg; 0.24 mmol), aqueous formaldehyde 37% w/w (110 L; 1.48 mmol) and MgSO4 (580 mg; 4.83 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was stirred at RT for 1 hour. NaBH(OAc)3 (614 mg; 2.9 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 15 hours. The solution was poured into iced water, basified with K2CO3 and extracted with DCM (x2). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 10g, mobile phase: gradient from 100%
DCM, 0% Me0H, 0% NH4OH to 90% DCM, 10% Me0H, 0.5% NH4OH). The pure fractions were collected, evaporated to dryness and the residue was freeze dried from ACN/water (20/80) yielding 70 mg (64%) of compound 196.
The compounds in the table below were prepared using an analogous method as described for the preparation of compound 196 starting from the respective starting materials.
compound number Structure Quantity Yield compound 304a 50 mg 28%
(n2 F3/ SN
From compound 269a Compound 304b 52 m 30%
(5-\
/ I j From compound 269b \¨
N _____________________________________ *S \ ¨ .1 / I
S-----\
F3c/

A solution of compound 200 (110 mg; 0.25 mmol) and aqueous formaldehyde 37%
w/w (19 L; 0.25 mmol) in Me0H (5 mL) was stirred at RT for 3 hours. NaBH4 (19 mg;
0.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 15 hours, poured into ice water, basified with K2CO3 and extracted with DCM (x2). The organic layer was washed with brine then dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH 300g;
mobile phase: gradient from 0.1% NH4OH, 5% Me0H, 95% DCM to 1% NH4OH, 10% Me0H, 90% DCM). The pure fractions were collected, evaporated to dryness and freeze-dried from ACN/water 20/80 yielding 15 mg (13%) of compound 216.

N
1------b N
F
SN
F
F

Under N2 at 10 C, ethyl bromide (454; 0.6mmo1) was added to a solution of compound 222 (150mg; 0.34mm01) and DIPEA (207 L; 1.2mm01) in THF (3mL). The solution was stirred at rt overnight, then, poured onto cooled water. The product was extracted with Et0Ac. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
The residue (164mg) was purified by silica gel chromatography (Stationary phase:
irregular bare silica 12g, Mobile phase: Gradient from 100% DCM, 0% Me0H (+10%
NH4OH) to 90% DCM, 10% Me0H (+10% NH4OH)). The fractions containing the product were mixed and concentrated to afford 77 mg of an intermediate fraction which was further purified by via reverse phase (Stationary phase: YMC-actus Triart C18 10 m 30*150mm, Mobile phase: Gradient from 65% NH4HCO3 0.2% , 35% ACN to 25%
NH4HCO3 0.2% , 75% ACN). The fractions containing the product were mixed and concentrated to afford 40mg of a residue which was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 to give 34mg (21%) of compound 303 as a white powder.

( \I¨

) _______________________________________ (S
Ntb N
F
S-----N
F
, , F
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND 31 o A solution of compound 315 (114 mg; 0.237 mmol), formaldehyde, 37% in water (106 L; 1.42 mmol) and MgSO4 (568 mg) in DCM (5 mL) was stirred at rt for 1 hour.
Then, NaBH(OAc)3 (602 mg; 2.84 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight.
The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and basified with a 10% aqueous solution of K2CO3. The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 12g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% NH4OH, 0% Me0H, 100% DCM to 1% NH4OH, 10% Me0H, 90% DCM). The fractions containing the product were collected, evaporated to dryness and freeze dried from water/ACN (80/20; 10 mL) yielding 110 mg (94%) of compound 316.

ANALYTICAL PART
LCMS (LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY/MASS SPECTROMETRY) General procedure The High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) measurement was performed using a LC pump, a diode-array (DAD) or a UV detector and a column as specified in the respective methods. If necessary, additional detectors were included (see table of methods below).
Flow from the column was brought to the Mass Spectrometer (MS) which was configured with an atmospheric pressure ion source. It is within the knowledge of the skilled person to set the tune parameters (e.g. scanning range, dwell time...) in order to obtain ions allowing the identification of the compound's nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW). Data acquisition was performed with appropriate software.
Compounds are described by their experimental retention times (Rt) and ions.
If not specified differently in the table of data, the reported molecular ion corresponds to the [M+H]+ (protonated molecule) and/or EM-Ht (deprotonated molecule). In case the compound was not directly ionizable the type of adduct is specified (i.e.
[M+NH4]
[M+HCOO], etc...). For molecules with multiple isotopic patterns (Br, Cl..), the reported value is the one obtained for the lowest isotope mass. All results were obtained with experimental uncertainties that are commonly associated with the method used.
Hereinafter, "SQD" means Single Quadrupole Detector, "RT" room temperature, "BEH"
bridged ethylsiloxane/silica hybrid, "HSS" High Strength Silica, "DAD" Diode Array Detector. All other abbreviations used are as defined before.
Table la: LCMS Method codes (Flow expressed in mL/min; column temperature (T) in C; Run time in minutes).
Flow Run Method Mobile Instrument Column Gradient tim code phase Column A: CI-3COOH 90% A for 0.8min, Agilent: Phenomene 0.1% i = 0 8 in water, to 20% A in =
1200 - x: Luna-1 B: CI-3COOH 3.7min, held for ---- 10 DAD and C18 (5 m, 0.05% in 3min, back to MSD6110 2 x5Omm) 50 CH3CN 90% A in 2min.

Flow Run Method Mobile Instrument Column Gradient tim code phase Column A: CI-3COOH 100% A for lmin, Agilent: Phenomene 0 8 =
0.1% in water, to 40% A in 4mm, =
1200 - x: Luna-2 B: CI-3COOH to 15% A in ---- 10 DAD and C18 (5 m, 0.05% in 2.5min, back to MSD6110 2 x5Omm) 50 CH3CN 100% A in 2min.
84.2% A for Waters:
Waters: A: 95% 0.49min, to 10.5%
Acquity BEH C18 CH3COONH4 A in 2.18min, held 0'343 UPLC -3 (1.7 m, 7m1M / 5% for 1.94min, back ---- 6.2 DAD and 2.1x100m CH3CN, B: to 84.2% A in Quattro 40 m) CH3CN 0.73min, held for Micro TM
0.73min.
84.2% A to 10.5%
Waters: Waters: A: 95%
A in 2.18 min, 0.343 Acquity BEH C18 CH3COONH4 4 held for 1.96 min H-Class - (1.7 m, 7m1M / 5% 6.1 back to 84.2% A
DAD and 2.1x100m CH3CN, B: 40 in 0.73 min, held for 0.73 min.
Shimadzu: SunFire A: HCOOH 70% A for 2.0 2.6 LC- C18 5i,tm 0.1%inwater, 0.4min, to 5% A
MS2020 - 50*4.6mm B:HCOOH in 1.2 min, to 1 %
SPD- 0.1%in A in 1.0 min. 40 M20A and CH3CN
Alltech 6 Waters ACQUIT A: HCOOH 90% A for 0.6 2.0 UPLC- Y UPLC 0.1%inwater, 0.1min, to 5% A
QDa- BEH C18 B:HCOOH in 1.1 min, hold 5 PDA 1.7gm 0.1%in % A in 0.8 min. 50 Detector 2.1*50mm CH3CN

Flow Run Method Mobile ----Instrument Column Gradient tim code phase Column e T
7 Waters ACQUITY A:HCOOH 80% A for 1.0 0.4 9.0 UPLC- UPLC BEH 0.1%inwater, min, to 5% A in QDa- C18 1.7[un B:HCOOH 7.0 min, hold 5 %
PDA 2.1*100mm 0.1%in A in 1.0 min. 50 Detector CH3CN
Table lb: LCMS data. Co. No. means compound number; Rt means retention time in min.
Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 1 2.725 419.2 - 1 2 2.88 425.1 483.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 3 2.9 447.2 - 1 4 2.26 421.1 479.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 3.314 459 2 6 3.176 459 - 2 7 3.129 459 - 2 8 3.71 454.9 - 2 9 3.333 421 2 3.269 421 - 2 11 3.652 454.9 - 2 12 3.409 421 2 13 2.498 385 - 1 14 2.76 405 463.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 3.516 455 2 Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 16 2.88 419.5 463.3 [M+CH3COO] 4 17 3.074 482.9 - 1 18 2.94 447 - 1 19 3.92 461.2 519.7 [M+CH3COO] 3 20a 3.15 433.1 491.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 20b 3.15 433.1 491.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 21a 3.66 447.4 445.4 3 21b 3.65 447.3 445.3 3 22 3.104 437 - 1 23 2.11 423.5 481.3 [M+CH3COO] 4 24 2.46 452.5 510.3 [M+CH3COO] 4 25 2.43 - 466.3 [M+CH3COO] 3 26 3.28 420.1 - 3 28 2.08 409.1 - 3 29 2.09 409.1 - 3 30 2.17 423.2 481.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 31 2.67 461 519.3 [M+CH3COO] 3 34 2.16 409.1 467.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 35 2.26 423.2 481.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 36 2.39 451.2 509.5 [M+CH3COO] 3 37 2.375 492 - 1 40 1.98 395.1 - 3 41 1.95 395.4 - 4 44 2.31 371.5 429.2 [M+CH3COO] 4 45 2.936 433 - 1 Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 46 2.871 433 - 1 47 3.05 463 - 1 48 2.79 545.9 - 1 49 2.901 433 - 1 50 3.019 447 - 1 54 2.66 436.9 - 1 56 2.731 436.9 - 1 57 3.604 449 - 2 58 2.67 385 443.2 [M+CH3C00]- 3 59 2.2 423 481.2 [M+CH3C00]- 3 61 2.11 357 415.1 [M+CH3C00]- 3 62 2.45 495.2 - 3 63 2.55 455.2 513.4 [M+CH3C00]- 3 64 2.92 411 469.1 [M+CH3C00]- 3 65 2.46 413.1 471.2 [M+CH3C00]- 3 66 2.31 427.1 485.2 [M+CH3C00]- 3 67 2.25 441.5 499.4 [M+CH3C00]- 4 69 2.89 433.1 491.3 [M+CH3C00]- 3 71 2.75 509.2 - 3 74 2.54 547.4 605.7 [M+CH3C00]- 3 75 2.56 506.3 564.5 [M+CH3C00]- 3 76 2.23 462.2 520.4 [M+CH3C00]- 3 77 2.01 452.1 520.5 [M+CH3C00]- 3 82 1.95 426.4 484.2 [M+CH3C00]- 4 84 3.05 465.1 523.3 [M+CH3C00]- 3 Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 88 2.13 488.4 546.3 [M+CH3COO] 3

112 2.24 452.1 510.4 [M+CH3COO] 3 86 2.20 452.2 510.5[M+CH3C00-] 3 87 2.13 438.2 496.6[M+CH3C00-] 3 89 2.14 430.1 488.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 90 2.32 448.1 506.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 105 1.96 426.4 484.3[M+CH3C00-] 4 108 2.34 452.2 510.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 109 2.13 438.1 496.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 110 1.93 442.5 500.2[M+CH3C00-] 4 111 1.90 442.5 500.3[M+CH3C00-] 4 163 2.42 489.1 547.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 164 2.43 489.2 547.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 195 1.90 452.5 510.3[M+CH3C00-] 4 196 2.35 454.2 512.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 197 2.29 437.2 495.5[M+CH3C00-] 3 198 2.25 437.2 495.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 199 2.25 437.2 495.5[M+CH3C00-] 3 200 2.28 440.1 498.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 201 1.92 506.5 564.4[M+CH3C00-] 4 202 1.89 506.5 564.5[M+CH3C00-] 4 203 2.70 465.2 523.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 211 2.40 454.1 512.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 213 2.38 454.1 512.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 214 2.98 493.3 551.5[M+CH3C00-] 3 220 2.43 451.1 509.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 221 2.44 451.1 509.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 222 2.31 440.1 498.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 223 2.20 423.0 421.1 3 224 2.51 437.1 495.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 228 2.68 440.0 498.2[M+CH3C00-] 3 230 2.70 479.2 537.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 231 2.59 424.1 482.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 232 2.58 434.1 492.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 233 2.56 434.1 492.3[M+CH3C00-] 3 234 2.03 478.2 536.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 235 2.91 479.2 537.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 236 2.91 479.2 537.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 237 2.89 479.3 537.5[M+CH3C00-] 3 238 2.89 479.2 537.5[M+CH3C00-] 3 243 2.75 479.2 537.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 244 2.75 479.2 537.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 245 2.54 451.1 449.2 3 246 2.53 451.1 449.2 3 247 2.69 479.2 537.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 248 2.69 479.2 537.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 249 2.59 440.0 498.2[M+CH3C00-] 3 250 2.42 489.1 547.3 [M+CH3C00-] 3 251 2.50 437.1 495.3 [M+CH3C00-] 3 252 2.50 437.1 495.3 [M+CH3C00-] 3 253 2.34 437.1 495.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 254 2.34 437.1 495.3 [M+CH3C00-] 3 258 2.42 435.1 493.2[M+CH3C00-] 3 259 2.16 426.1 484.3 [M+CH3C00-] 3 269 2.34 458.4 516.4[M+CH3C00-] 4 270 2.52 449.4 507.4[M+CH3C00-] 4 271 2.48 449.4 507.4[M+CH3C00-] 4 273 2.29 440.2 498.5 [M+CH3C00-] 3 274 2.71 465.2 523.4[M+CH3C00-] 3 133 2.36 463.2 521.5 [M+CH3C00]- 3 137 2.26 463.5 521.4 [M+CH3C00]- 4 138 2.27 463.5 521.4 [M+CH3C00]- 4 145 2.42 441.1 499.4 [M+CH3C00]- 3 147 2.11 440.1 498.2 [M+CH3C00]- 3 146 2.10 440.1 498.2 [M+CH3C00]- 3 148 2.35 468.2 466.4 3 154 2.46 441.1 499.4 [M+CH3C00]- 3 155 2.44 441.1 499.3 [M+CH3C00]- 3 470.2 [M+CH3C00]-;
150 2.05 412.0 3 410.0 527.5 [M+CH3C00]-;
193 2.96 469.2 3 467.8 Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 527.5 [M+CH3C00]-;
162 2.96 469.2 3 467.8 527.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
156 2.96 469.2 3 467.2 527.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
157 2.81 469.2 3 467.2 158 2.60 427.1 485.3 [M+CH3C00]- 3 159 2.60 427.1 485.3 [M+CH3C00]- 3 537.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
161 2.76 479.2 3 477.2 537.3 [M+CH3C00]-;
166 2.76 479.2 3 477.2 537.3 [M+CH3C00]-;
167 2.75 479.2 3 477.1 537.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
172 2.75 479.2 3 477.4 537.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
173 2.76 479.2 3 477.3 537.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
174 2.75 479.2 3 477.2 526.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
168 2.40 468.2 3 466.3 526.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
169 2.39 468.2 3 466.3 170 3.20 483.1 541.3 [M+CH3C00]- 3 171 2.93 477.2 535.4 [M+CH3C00]- 3 183 3.09 465.1 523.4 [M+CH3C00]- 3 182 3.48 475.2 533.4 [M+CH3C00]- 3 192 2.90 483.5 541.4 [M+CH3C00]- 4 179 3.03 483.2 541.5 [M+CH3C00]- 3 180 3.04 483.3 541.5 [M+CH3C00]- 3 Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 184 2.73 399.4 457.3 [M+CH3COOt 4 457.2 [M+CH3C00]-;
288 2.74 399.1 3 397.1 185 2.48 441.5 499.4 [M+CH3COO] 4 499.3 [M+CH3C00]-;
187 2.42 441.1 3 439.4 537.5 186 2.87 479.2 [M+CH3C00]-;3 477.2 537.4 [M+CH3C00]-;
188 2.80 479.5 4 523.4 [M+HCOO]
537.4 1 [M+CH3C00]-;
89 2.78 479.5 4 523.2 [M+HCOO]
190 2.80 479.5 537.4 [M+CH3COO] 4 191 2.79 479.5 537.4 [M+CH3COO] 4 289 3.32 447 505 [M+CH3COO] 3 290 3.33 447 505 [M+CH3COO] 3 291 3.25 451 509 [M+CH3COO] 3 292 3.25 451 509 [M+CH3COO] 3 293 2.78 413 471 [M+CH3COO] 3 294 2.77 413 471 [M+CH3COO] 3 295 2.24 437 495 [M+CH3COO] 3 296 3.07 447 505 [M+CH3COO] 3 297 3.07 447 505 [M+CH3COO] 3 298 3.11 465 523 [M+CH3COO] 3 299 2.25 437 495 [M+CH3COO] 3 303 2.42 468 526 [M+CH3COO] 3 304a 2.69 472 530 [M+CH3COO] 3 304b 2.70 472 530 [M+CH3COO] 3 Co. Adduct/ LCMS
Rt (min) [M+H]+
No. [M-11]- Method 307 3.51 493 551 [M+CH3COO]- 3 2.92 &
309 455 513 [M+CH3COO]- 3 3.02 311 1.99 426 484 [M+CH3COO]- 3 312 3.76 537 595 [M+CH3COO]- 3 313 3.76 537 595 [M+CH3COO]- 3 314 2.90 472 530 [M+CH3COO]- 3 315 2.22 482 540 [M+CH3COO]- 3 316 2.30 496 554 [M+CH3COO]- 3 317 3.14 465 - 3 318 2.57 502 - 3 320 0.893 477.2 - 5 321 1.300 477.4 - 6 322 6.213 465.3 - 7 323 1.203 463.3 - 6 324 0.692 461.2 - 5 SFCMS-METHODS
General procedure for SFC-MS methods The SFC measurement was performed using an Analytical Supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) system composed by a binary pump for delivering carbon dioxide (CO2) and modifier, an autosampler, a column oven, a diode array detector equipped with a high-pressure flow cell standing up to 400 bars. If configured with a Mass Spectrometer (MS) the flow from the column was brought to the (MS). It is within the knowledge of the skilled person to set the tune parameters (e.g. scanning range, dwell time...) in order to obtain ions allowing the identification of the compound's nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW). Data acquisition was performed with appropriate software.

Table 2a. Analytical SFC-MS Methods (Flow expressed in mL/min; column temperature (T) in C; Run time in minutes; Backpressure (BPR) in bars; all other abbreviations used in the table below are as defined before) Flow Run time Method code column mobile phase gradient Col T BPR
1 Phenomenex 3 A: CO2 3.5 Luxcellulose-4 30% B
B: Me0H
column (3 [tm, hold 3 min' (0.3% iPrNH2) 35 100 x 4.6 mm) 103 2 Phenomenex 3 A: CO2 3.5 Luxcellulose-2 25% B
B: Me0H
column (3 [tm, hold 3 min' (0.3% iPrNH2) 35 100 x 4.6 mm) 103 Daicel A: CO2 3 Chiralpak0 B:
30%B 3.5 Et0H/iPrOH
hold 3min' 35 AD-3 (3 lina, 50/50 (0.3% 103 100 x 4.6 mm) iPrNH2) Daicel 3 4 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralpak0 25%B
B: Et0H (0.3%
AD-3 (3 [tm, hold 3 min' 35 iPrNH2) 100 x 4.6 mm) 103 Daicel 3 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralpak0 30%B
B: Et0H (0.3%
AD-3 (3 [tm, hold 3 min' 35 iPrNH2) 100 x 4.6 mm) 103 Daicel A: CO2 4 7 3.5 Chiralpak AD- B: Et0H 50% B
3(3 [tm, 100 x hold 4 min' 35 4.6 mm) (0.3% iPrNH2) 103 Flow Run time Method code column mobile phase gradient Col T BPR
Daicel A: CO2 6 8 3.5 Chiralpak AD- B: iPrOH 20% B
3 (3 [tm, 100 x hold 6min' 35 4.6 mm) (0.3% iPrNH2) 103 Daicel 3 9 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralpak AD- 30% B
B: iPrOH
3 (3 [tm, 100 x hold 3 min' 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) 4.6 mm) 103 Daicel 3 3.5 Chiralpale A: CO2 AD- 40%B
B: iPrOH
3 (3 [tm, 100 x hold 3 min' 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) 4.6 mm) 103 Daicel 3 11 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralpak0 25%B
B: Me0H
AD-3 (3 [tm, hold 3 min' 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) 100 x 4.6 mm) 103 12 A: CO2 Daicel 3 3.5 Chiralpak0 B: Me0H 30% B
AD-3 (3 [tm, (+0.3% hold 3 min' 35 103 100 x 4.6 mm) iPrNH2) Phenomenex A: CO2 6 16 3.5 Lux cellulose 2 B: Me0H 40% B
hold 6 min' 35 (3 [tm, 100 x (0.3% iPrNH2) 103 4.6 mm) Flow Run time Method code column mobile phase gradient Col T BPR
Phenomenex A: CO2 10 50%B 3.5 17 Lux cellulose 2 B: Me0H hold 10 (3 1..tm, 100 x 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) mill, 103 4.6 mm) Daicel 3 18 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralpak0 IC- 40% B
B: Et0H (0.3%
3 (3 i.tm, 100 x hold 3 min, iPrNH2) 35 4.6 mm) 103 Daicel 3 20 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralce10 OD- 20% B
B: Et0H (0.3%
3 (3 iAm, 100 x hold 3 mill,iPrNH2) 35 4.6 mm) 103 21 Daicel 3 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralce10 OD- 30% B
B: Et0H (0.3%
3 (3 i_tm, 100 x hold 3 min, iPrNH2) 35 4.6 mm) 103 22 Daicel 3 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralce10 OD- 20% B
B: iPrOH
3 (3 1..tm, 100 x hold 3 min, (0.3% iPrNH2) 35 4.6 mm 103 23 Daicel 3 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralce10 OD- 30% B
B: Me0H
3 (3 1..tm, 100 x hold 3 min, (0.3% iPrNH2) 35 4.6 mm 103 24 Daicel 3 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralce10 OJ- 15% B
B: Et0H (0.3%
3 (3 i_tm, 100 x hold 3 min, iPrNH2) 35 4.6 mm 103 Flow Run time Method code column mobile phase gradient Col T BPR
25 Daicel 3 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralce10 OJ- 10% B
B: Me0H
3 (3 [Lm, 100 x hold 3 min' 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) 4.6 mm 103 26 Daicel 3 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralce10 OJ- 30% B
B: Me0H
3 (3 [Lm, 100 x hold 3 min' 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) 4.6 mm 103 Daicel 3 37 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralpak0 IC- 40% B
B: iPrOH
3 (3 [tm, 100 x hold 3 min' 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) 4.6 mm) 103 Daicel 6 38 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralpak0 IC- 20% B
B: Me0H
3 (3 [tm, 100 x hold 6 min' 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) 4.6 mm) 103 39 Daicel 3 A: CO2 3.5 Chiralce10 OD- 15% B
B: Me0H
3 (3 [tm, 100 x hold 3 min' 35 (0.3% iPrNH2) 4.6 mm 103 Phenomenex A: CO2 40 3.5 3 40%B
Lux cellulose 2 B: Et0H hold 3 min' (3 [tm, 100 x (0.3% iPrNH2) 4.6 mm) Table 2b. SFC-MS data. (Isomer elution order 'A' elutes before 'IT under the described conditions) Isomer Co. Rt SFCMS
UV% Area elution No. (min) Method order 20a 2.62 100 A 1 20b 3.00 99.71 B 1 21a 2.66 98.09 A 2 21b 3.01 96.93 B 2 82 1.49 99.72 A 5 105 1.65 97.6 B 5 110 1.32 97.6 A 12 111 2.27 100 B 12 163 0.94 100 A 26 164 1.44 100 B 26 198 1.54 100 A 1 199 2.29 100 B 1 273 0.75 99.6 A 7 200 1.19 99.6 B 7 274 1.29 100 A 2 203 2.04 100 B 2 211 1.58 100 A 12 213 2.22 99.05 B 12 220 1.29 100 A 18 221 1.90 100 B 18 235* 2.81 100 A 8 236* 3.46 100 B 8 237* 1.97 100 A 22 Isomer Co. Rt SFCMS
UV% Area elution No. (min) Method order 238* 2.43 100 B 22 243 1.26 100 A 18 244 1.80 99.6 B 18 245 2.02 100 A 4 246 2.54 99.5 B 4 247 1.11 99.95 A 16 248 3.20 100 B 16 251 0.78 100 A 21 252 1.23 99.95 B 21 253 0.99 100 A 23 254 1.82 99.2 B 23 137 0.98 100 A 12 138 1.33 99.81 B 12 147 1.99 100 B 5 146 1.46 99.18 A 5 154 1.15 100 A 3 155 1.35 99.14 B 3 193 1.16 100 A 4 162 1.44 99.04 B 4 158 1.16 100 A 24 159 1.66 100 B 24 166 1.07 100 A 9 167 1.31 99.03 B 9 173 1.22 100 A 20 174 1.81 100 B 20 Isomer Co. Rt SFCMS
UV% Area elution No. (min) Method order 168 2.15 99.17 B 10 169 1.21 100 A 10 179 0.90 100 A 11 180 1.29 99.58 B 11 184 1.20 100 A 37 288 1.40 98.50 B 37 185 1.34 100 A 25 187 1.58 100 B 25 295 1.04 100 A 5 299 1.29 98.11 B 5 296 1.40 100 A 9 297 1.88 100 B 9 290 1.42 100 A 37 289 1.57 100 B 37 291 3.50 99.92 A 38 292 3.79 100 B 38 293 1.24 100 A 39 294 1.58 100 B 39 304a 1.40 100 A 40 304b 1.92 99.02 B 40 * Isomer elution order Co. No. 235 vs Co. No. 236; Co. No. 237 vs Co. No. 238.
SFC-MS was also measured for compounds 188, 189, 190 and 191 under the same SFCMS conditions. The results are shown in Table 2c. (Isomer elution order 'A' before 13', 13' before 'C', 'C' before 13') Co. Rt IsomerSFCMS
UV% Area elution No. (min) Method order 188 2.78 100 B 8 189 3.02 96.66 C 8 190 2.40 100 A 8 191 3.21 99.15 D 8 OPTICAL ROTATION (OR) Optical Rotation is measured with a polarimeter 341 Perkin Elmer. The polarized light is passed through a sample with a path length of 1 decimeter and a sample concentration of 0.2 to 0.4 gram per 100 milliliters. 2 to 4 mg of the product in vial are weight, then dissolved with 1 to 1.2 ml of spectroscopy solvent (DMF for example). The cell is filled with the solution and put into the polarimeter at a temperature of 20 C. The OR is read with 0.004 of precision.
Calculation of the concentration: weight in gram x 100/ volume in ml Specific rotation (OR): [a] d20 : (read rotation x 100) / (1.000 dm x concentration).
d is sodium D line (589 nanometer).
Table 3. OR data: wavelength: 589 nm (specicied if different); solvent: DMF
(specicied if different); temperature: 20 C; 'cone' means concentration (g/100 mL); 'OR' means optical rotation.
Co. Wavelength Solvent OR ( ) Conc.
No. (nm) 20a -31.43 0.28 589 DMF
20b +26.25 0.32 589 DMF
21a -38.48 0.33 589 DMF
21b +42.02 0.326 589 DMF
112 +23.11 0.251 589 DMF
86 -29.55 0.264 589 DMF

Co. Wavelength Solvent OR ( ) Conc.
No. (nm) 87 -26.22 0.267 589 DMF
108 -29.61 0.206 589 DMF
109 +25.37 0.272 589 DMF
198 -28.25 0.308 589 DMF
199 +20.91 0.263 589 DMF
196 +8.92 0.269 589 DMF
200 -11.54 0.26 589 DMF
201 +7.81 0.269 589 DMF
202 -5.38 0.26 589 DMF
203 -6.22 0.225 365 DMF
211 +5.65 0.248 589 DMF
213 -9.89 0.263 589 DMF
216 -19.57 0.281 589 DMF
220 -22.63 0.243 589 DMF
221 +11.58 0.259 589 DMF
235 -12.02 0.258 589 DMF
236 +8.58 0.233 589 DMF
237 +31.58 0.228 365 DMF
238 -32.09 0.215 365 DMF
243 -30.12 0.332 365 DMF
244 +20.94 0.277 365 DMF
245 -17.12 0.292 589 DMF
247 -17.25 0.255 365 DMF
248 +5.86 0.239 365 DMF

Co. Wavelength Solvent OR ( ) Conc.
No. (nm) 251 -20.6 0.267 589 DMF
252 +12 0.275 589 DMF
253 -25.4 0.252 589 DMF
254 +17.92 0.318 589 DMF
273 +10.38 0.26 589 DMF
274 -5.41 0.222 589 DMF
137 +29.32 0.249 589 DMF
138 -24.9 0.261 589 DMF
147 +8.06 0.273 589 DMF
146 -12.65 0.245 589 DMF
154 -8.59 0.256 589 DMF
155 +6.64 0.241 589 DMF
150 +14.1 0.234 365 DMF
193 -8.62 0.232 365 DMF
162 -5.45 0.275 589 DMF
158 +16.54 0.26 365 DMF
159 -22.31 0.251 365 DMF
166 -12.6 0.254 589 DMF
167 +7.97 0.276 589 DMF
173 +17.92 0.279 365 DMF
174 -21.99 0.282 365 DMF
168 -4.59 0.283 365 DMF
179 +20.19 0.208 365 DMF
180 -93.02 0.215 365 DMF
184 +17.31 0.219 589 DMF

Co. Wavelength Solvent OR ( ) Conc.
No. (nm) 288 -26.63 0.338 589 Me0H
185 +32.45 0.256 589 DMF
187 -32.45 0.228 589 DMF
289 +36.73 0.245 589 DMF
290 -41.87 0.246 589 DMF
291 -37.05 0.278 589 DMF
292 +32.39 0.247 589 DMF
293 +29.15 0.295 589 DMF
294 -30.83 0.253 589 DMF
295 +27.38 0.263 589 DMF
296 +50.44 0.113 589 DMF
297 -32.45 0.265 589 DMF
299 -33.79 0.29 589 DMF
304a +8.42 0.285 589 DMF
304b -6.49 0.385 589 DMF
NMR
NMR experiments were carried out using a Bruker Avance 500 spectrometer equipped with a Bruker 5mm BBFO probe head with z gradients and operating at 500 MHz for the proton and 125 MHz for carbon, or using a Bruker Avance DRX 400 spectrometer using internal deuterium lock and equipped with reverse double-resonance (1H, 13C, SEI) probe head with z gradients and operating at 400 MHz for the proton and 100MHz for carbon.
Chemical shifts (6) are reported in parts per million (ppm). J values are expressed in Hz.
Alternatively, some NMR experiments were carried out using a Bruker Avance III

.. spectrometer at ambient temperature (298.6 K), using internal deuterium lock and equipped with 5 mm PABBO BB- probe head with z gradients and operating at 400 MHz for the proton and 100MHz for carbon. Chemical shifts (6) are reported in parts per million (ppm). J values are expressed in Hz.

Compound 13:
1H NMR (400MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 6 ppm 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 3.95 (br s, 2H), 3.83 (br t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (q, J=10.1 Hz, 2H), 3.27 (br s, 4H), 2.32 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.28 - 2.18 (m, 2H), 1.69 - 1.57 (m, 1H), 0.90 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H) Compound 20b:
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 ppm 11.64 (br s, 1H) 8.49 (s, 1H) 7.77 (s, 1H) 7.67 (br d, J=3.8 Hz, 2H) 7.35 - 7.51 (m, 3H) 4.32 - 4.48 (m, 2H) 4.03 - 4.18 (m, 2H) 3.91 (br s, 4H) 3.17 - 3.61 (m, 4H) 2.00 - 2.32 (m, 4H) Compound 82:
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 ppm 8.35 (s, 1H) 7.39 (s, 1H) 4.28 - 4.77 (m, 6H) 4.01 - 4.19 (m, 4H) 3.62 (br t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H) 2.88 (dd, J=9.9, 6.8 Hz, 1H) 2.45 (br dd, J=9.9, 7.7 Hz, 1H) 2.00 - 2.21 (m, 2H) 1.17 - 1.28 (m, 1H) 0.95 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H) Compound 84:
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 ppm 8.33 (s, 1H) 7.72 (s, 1H) 7.22 (dd, J=8.4, 5.8 Hz, 2H) 7.09 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 2H) 4.08 (q, J=11.0 Hz, 2H) 3.66 - 3.96 (m, 4H) 3.17 (s, 4H) 2.65 - 2.73 (m, 1H) 2.38 - 2.45 (m, 1H) 2.27 (dd, J=12.9, 8.5 Hz, 1H) 2.14 (br s, 2H) 0.72 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H) Compound 193:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 ppm 8.32 (s, 1H) 7.70 (s, 1H) 4.07 (q, J=11.1 Hz, 2H) 3.65 -3.91 (m, 6H) 3.07 -3.30 (m, 6H) 2.14 (br s, 2H) 1.85 (br s, 1H) 1.70 - 1.82 (m, 1H) 1.63 (br s, 1H) 1.28 - 1.52 (m, 4H) 0.88 (dd, J=9.6, 7.1 Hz, 6H) Compound 196:
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 ppm 8.32 (s, 1H) 7.70 (s, 1H) 4.07 (q, J=10.9 Hz, 2H) 3.52 - 3.97 (m, 4H) 3.34 - 3.43 (m, 2H) 3.02 - 3.22 (m, 4H) 2.72 (dd, J=8.5, 6.3 Hz, 1H) 2.58 (dd, J=8.8, 6.6 Hz, 1H) 2.51 - 2.53 (m, 1H) 2.28 - 2.35 (m, 1H) 2.19 (dd, J=9.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H) 2.12 (s, 4H) 1.58 (td, J=7.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H) 0.79 (dd, J=14.8, 6.9 Hz, 6H) Compound 273:
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 ppm 8.32 (s, 1H) 7.67 (s, 1H) 4.03 (q, J=11.0 Hz, 2H) 3.87 (s, 2H) 3.79 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H) 3.61 (br t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 3.46 (br t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H) 3.12 - 3.34 (m, 7H) 2.66 - 2.77 (m, 1H) 2.28 (dd, J=9.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H) 2.15 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H) 1.62 (td, J=6.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H) 0.82 (dd, J=14.2, 6.9 Hz, 6H) Compound 274:

1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 ppm 8.31 (s, 1H) 7.69 (s, 1H) 7.45 (s, 1H) 7.20 (s, 1H) 4.07 (q, J=10.9 Hz, 2H) 3.58 - 3.93 (m, 7H) 2.97 - 3.08 (m, 4H) 2.52 -2.55 (m, 1H) 2.12 (br s, 2H) 1.7 (td, J=6.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H) 0.70 (dd, J=12.6, 6.6 Hz, 6H) Compound 320:
1HNMR (400MHz , CD30D) 6 8.37 (s,1H), 7.63 (s,1H),7.28 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.86 (m, 3H), 4.30-4.18 (m, 5H), 4.08-3.93 (m, 3H), 3.91-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.85 (s, 3H), 3.72-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J= 5.2Hz, J= 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (dd, J= 9.2 Hz, J
= 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.47-2.385 (m, 2H), 1.19-1.18 (d, J = 6.8 Hz 3H) Compound 321:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) 6 8.38 (d, J= 5.2 Hz 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.75-4.33 (m, 11H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.61 (s, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J= 3.6 Hz, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.27-2.36 (m, 2H,), 1.03 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 3H).
Compound 322:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 6 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.22-1.13 (m, 2H), 4.37-4.26 (m, 5H), 4.13 (s, 1H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.91 (q, J=10.4Hz, 2H), 3.74-3.69 (m, 1H), 2.98 (dd, J= 3.6 Hz, 13.2 Hz 1H), 2.68 (dd, J= 9.6 Hz, 13.2 Hz 1H), 2.47 (s, 2H), 1.20 (d, J= 6.4 Hz 3H).
Compound 323:
1FINMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 6 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.78(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.86-7.27 (m, 10H), 3.60-6.62 (m, 1H), 2.96 (dd, J=4.8 Hz,14.0Hz, 1H), 2.60 (dd, J = 4.8 Hz, 14.0Hz 1H), 2.37-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.18 (d, J=
6.8Hz, 3H).
Compound 324:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 6 8.36 (s,1H),7.62 (s,1H),7.19-7.15 (m, 4H), 4.28-4.16 (m, 5H), 4.14-3.98 (m, 4H), 3.93-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.64 (m, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J=
4.8 Hz, J= 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (dd, J= 9.2 Hz, J= 13.6 Hz 1H), 2.46-2.32 (m, 5H), 1.18 (d, J= 6.4Hz, 3H).
PHARMACOLOGICAL PART
1) Menin/MLL fluorescence polarization assay To a non-surface binding, black 384-well microtiter plate was added 50 nL 160X
test compound in DMSO and 4 iut 2X menin in assay buffer (40 mM Tris=FIC1, pH 7.5, mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT and 0.001% Tween 20). After incubation of test compound and menin for 10 min at ambient temperature, 4 iut 2X FITC-MBM1 peptide (FITC-13-alanine-SARWRFPARPGT-NH2) in assay buffer was added, the microtiter plate centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 1 min and the assay mixtures incubated for 15 min at ambient temperature. The relative amount of menin=FITC-MBM1 complex present in an assay mixture is determined by measuring the fluorescence polarization (FP) of the FITC label with a BMG Pherastar plate reader (ex. 485 nm/em. 520 nm) at ambient temperature. The final concentrations of reagents in the binding assay are 100 nM
.. menin, 5 nM FITC-MBM1 peptide and 0.625% DMSO in assay buffer. Dose-response titrations of test compounds are conducted using an 11 point, three-fold serial dilution scheme, starting at 31 M.
Compound potencies were determined by first calculating % inhibition at each compound concentration according to equation 1:
% inhibition = ((HC - LC) - (FPcompound _ LC)) /(HC - LC)) *100 (Eqn 1) Where LC and HC are the FP values of the assay in the presence or absence of a saturating concentration of a compound that competes with FITC-MBM1 for binding to menin, and FP'mP und is the measured FP value in the presence of the test compound.
HC and LC FP values represent an average of at least 16 replicates per plate.
For each .. test compound, % inhibition values were plotted vs. the logarithm of the test compound concentration, and the /C50 value derived from fitting these data to equation 2:
% inhibition = Bottom + (Top-Bottom)/(1+10^((log/C50-log[cmpd])*h)) (Eqn 2) Where Bottom and Top are the lower and upper asymptotes of the dose-response curve, respectively, /C50 is the concentration of compound that yields 50% inhibition of signal and h is the Hill coefficient.
2) Proliferation assay The anti-proliferative effect of menin/MLL protein/protein interaction inhibitor test compounds was assessed in human leukemia cell lines. The cell lines MV-4-11 and MOLM14 harbor MLL translocations and express the MLL fusion proteins MLL-AF4 and MLL-AF9, respectively, as well as the wildtype protein from the second allele.
Therefore, the MLL rearranged cell lines MV-4-11 and MOLM14 exhibit stem cell-like HOXAIMEIS1 gene expression signatures. K562 and KG1 were used as a control cell lines containing two MLL wildtype alleles in order to exclude compounds that display general cytotoxic effects.
MV-4-11 and MOLM14 were cultured in RPMI-1640 (Sigma Aldrich) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 50 g/m1 gentamycin (Gibco). K562 were propagated in RPMI-1640 (Sigma Aldrich) supplemented with 20% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 50 g/m1 gentamycin (Gibco). KG1 were cultured in Iscove's MDM
(Gibco) supplemented with 20% fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 50 g/m1 gentamycin (Gibco). Cells were kept at 0.3 ¨ 2.5 million cells per ml during culturing and passage numbers did not exceed 25.
.. In order to assess the anti-proliferative effects, 1,500 MV-4-11, 300 MOLM14, 750 K562 or 1,300 KG1 cells were seeded in 200 1 media per well in 96-well round bottom, ultra-low attachment plates (Costar, catalogue number 7007). Cell seeding numbers were chosen based on growth curves to ensure linear growth throughout the experiment. Test compounds were added at different concentrations and the DMSO
content was normalized to 0.3%. Cells were incubated for 8d at 37 C and 5%
CO2.
Spheroid like growth was monitored in real-time by live-cell imaging (IncuCyteZOOM, Essenbio, 4x objective) acquiring one image every four hours for 8d.
Confluence (%) as a measure of spheroid size was determined using an integrated analysis tool.
In order to determine the cumulative effect of the test compounds over time, the area under the curve (AUC) in a plot of confluence against time was calculated.
Confluence at the beginning of the experiment (t=0) was used as baseline for the AUC
calculation.
Absolute IC50 values were calculated according to the following procedure:
%Control = (AUC sample/AUC control)*100 AUC control = mean AUC of control values (cells without compound/DMSO as vehicle control) A non-linear curve fit was applied using the least squares (ordinary) fit method to the plot of % control versus compound concentration. Based on this, the absolute ICso value (half maximal inhibitory concentration of the test compound causing an anti-.. proliferative effect of 50% relative to the vehicle control) was calculated.
3) Menin/MLL homogenous time-resolved fluorescence (HTRF) assay To an untreated, white 384-well microtiter plate was added 40 nL 200X test compound in DMSO and 4 iut 2X terbium chelate-labeled menin (vide infra for preparation) in assay buffer (40 mM Tris=HC1, pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT and 0.05% Pluronic F-127). After incubation of test compound and terbium chelate-labeled menin for 5 min at ambient temperature, 4 iut 2X FITC-MBM1 peptide (FITC-13-alanine-SARWRFPARPGT-NH2) in assay buffer was added, the microtiter plate centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 1 min and the assay mixtures incubated for 15 min at ambient temperature. The relative amount of menin=FITC-MBM1 complex present in an assay mixture is determined by measuring the homogenous time-resolved fluorescence (HTRF) of the terbium/FITC donor /acceptor fluorphore pair using a BMG
Pherastar plate reader (ex. 337 nm/terbium em. 490 nm/FITC em. 520 nm) at ambient temperature. The degree of fluorescence resonance energy transfer (the HTRF
value) is expressed as the ratio of the fluorescence emission intensities of the FITC
and terbium fluorophores (Pm 520 nm/Fm 490 nm). The final concentrations of reagents in the binding assay are 100 pM terbium chelate-labeled menin, 75 nM FITC-MBM1 peptide and 0.5% DMSO in assay buffer. Dose-response titrations of test compounds are conducted using an 11 point, three-fold serial dilution scheme, starting at 31 M.
Compound potencies were determined by first calculating % inhibition at each compound concentration according to equation 1:
% inhibition = ((HC - LC) _ (HTRpompound _ LC)) / (HC - LC)) *100 (Eqn 1) Where LC and HC are the HTRF values of the assay in the presence or absence of a saturating concentration of a compound that competes with FITC-MBM1 for binding to menin, and HTRFc 111P 1111d is the measured HTRF value in the presence of the test compound. HC and LC HTRF values represent an average of at least 16 replicates per plate. For each test compound, % inhibition values were plotted vs. the logarithm of the test compound concentration, and the /C50 value derived from fitting these data to equation 2:
% inhibition = Bottom + (Top-Bottom)/(1+10^((log/C50-log[cmpd])*h)) (Eqn 2) Where Bottom and Top are the lower and upper asymptotes of the dose-response curve, respectively, /C50 is the concentration of compound that yields 50% inhibition of signal and h is the Hill coefficient.
Preparation of Terbium cryptate labeling of Menin: Menin (a.a. 1-610-6xhis tag) was labeled with terbium cryptate as follows. 2mg of Menin was buffer exchanged into lx phosphate buffered saline. 16uM Menin was incubated with 4-fold molar excess NHS-terbium cryptate (Cisbio Bioassays, Bedford, MA) for 2 hours at room temperature.
The labeled protein was purified away from free label by running the reaction over a Superdex 200 Increase 10/300 GL column at 0.75m1/min. Peak fractions were collected, aliquoted and frozen at -80 C.
MENIN Protein Sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1):

MGLKAAQKTLFPLRSIDDVVRLFAAELGREEPDLVLLSLVLGFVEHFLAVNRVI
PTNVPELTFQPSPAPDPPGGLTYFPVADL SIIAALYARFTAQIRGAVDLSLYPRE
GGVS SRELVKKVSDVIWNSLSRSYFKDRAHIQSLFSFITGTKLDS SGVAFAVVG
AC QALGLRDVHLAL SEDHAWVVFGPNGEQTAEVTWHGKGNEDRRGQTVNA
GVAERSWLYLKGSYMRCDRKMEVAFMVCAINPSIDLHTDSLELLQLQQKLLW
LLYDLGHLERYPMALGNLADLEELEPTPGRPDPLTLYHKGIASAKTYYRDEHI
YPYMYLAGYHCRNRNVREALQAWADTATVIQDYNYCREDEEIYKEFFEVAN
DVIPNLLKEAASLLEAGEERPGEQSQGTQSQGSALQDPECFAHLLRFYDGICKW
EEG S PTPVLHVGWATFLVQ S LGRFE GQVRQKVRIV S REAEAAEAEEPWGEEAR
EGRRRGPRRESKPEEPPPPKKPALDKGLGTGQGAVSGPPRKPPGTVAGTARGPE
GGSTAQVPAPAASPPPEGPVLTFQSEKMKGMKELLVATKINS SAIKLQLTAQSQ
VQMKKQKVSTPSDYTLSFLKRQRKGLHHHHHH
Table 4. Biological data in the Menin fluorescence polarization (FP) assay (1), Menin/MLL homogenous time-resolved fluorescence (HTRF) assay (3) and proliferation assay (2). Co. No. means compound number. The values in table 4 are averaged values over all measurements.
(2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (104)) (104)) (nM)) 18 0.14 227 3.9 7.7 >15 1 0.056 144 3.7 4.6 >15 3 0.10 216 3.8 5.6 ¨15 14 0.11 178 2.2 4.9 20a 0.076 13 0.96 5 >15 21a 0.49 745 6.9 12.1 >15 21b 0.13 389 4.2 4.6 >15 19 0.81 1960 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (104)) 0.67 600 6.4 30.6 >15 12 0.63 2247 >15 >15 >15 13 0.042 39 0.73 4.2 >15 11 0.76 2374 2.31 9 0.84 1579 8 0.79 2525 6 0.24 339 2.4 10.1 >15 7 0.73 1216 4 0.73 3164 2 0.39 706 4.9 14.6 >15 0.57 471 14.0 >15 >15 22 0.069 12 0.55 2.0 >15 23 0.95 1208 24 0.49 1486 9.1 >15 0.31 1465 3.8 7.2 26 0.16 143 10.4 >15 197 0.30 541 7.3 >15 86 0.092 102 2.6 11.3 >15 133 0.12 385 2.1 >15 0.53 839 9.2 >15 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (nM)) 88 0.32 486 >15 >15 89 0.045 31 1.3 10.5 90 0.11 288 11.1 >15 74 0.12 211 2.0 6.1 75 2.36 34 0.72 902 198 0.14 178 5.1 12.4 199 0.41 1196 12.9 >15 35 0.99 2375 36 0.4 777 37 0.17 177 1.5 3.1 76 0.68 901 40 0.84 1465 195 1.07 1536 41 0.63 950 273 0.021 8 0.08 0.86 10.3 12 200 0.11 190 3.4 10.3 201 1075 12.7 >15 202 490 >15 137 1097 10.1 >15 44 344 4.1 >15 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (nM)) 82 9 0.38 1.8 >15 >15 105 15 0.67 3.4 >15 108 753 >15 109 571 8.1 45 330 3.4 46 448 4.1 48 483 2.0 49 310 2.1 110 236 4.0 111 394 9.3 77 191 12.1 54 342 3.7 56 304 4.9 274 7 0.36 2.3 >15 >15 203 422 7.2 145 37 1.7 7.3 146 46 2.4 147 341 8.2 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (nM)) 57 179 4.2 8.6 148 5 0.33 211 13 0.68 3.5 12.5 213 149 1.9 214 17 0.76 1.4 >15 150 60 2.0 220 75 0.65 4.7 >15 >15 222 4 0.2 223 496 6.1 58 185 2.7 235 23 0.71 237 52 1.2 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (nM)) 155 69 0.7 1.2 >15 245 10 0.32 2 >15 247 19 0.45 2.1 >15 >15 156 21 0.79 62 28 0.64 4 >15 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (nM)) 161 187 4.2 193 25 0.65 1.7 >15 >15 162 77 3.1 196 4 0.3 1.1 >15 >15 259 20 1.3 65 65 3.2 166 79 2.4 168 3 0.19 0.86 11.9 15 169 176 3.5 170 138 4.3 84 20 0.58 1.5 >15 171 159 3.1 66 26 0.95 0.69 >15 172 124 2.9 173 96 3.2 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (nM)) 67 108 4.9 179 95 1.3 180 130 1.9 69 186 1.2 182 61 0.78 1.9 >15 183 103 1.3 71 48 1.1 184 73 0.97 >15 186 91 1.3 187 72 1.4 269 8 0.67 4.6 >15 188 115 1.5 189 108 0.92 >15 313 159 3.6 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (nM)) 315 21 0.32 1.5 >15 316 20 0.4 0.96 >3.7 288 68 1.4 289 6 0.21 1.3 290 25 0.47 1.2 291 13 0.66 1.2 >15 292 12 0.29 1.5 >15 294 82 1.83 293 81 1.67 307 11 0.28 1.5 10.7 299 57 3.18 295 34 1.16 6.7 303 6 0.32 1.02 296 200 4.89 309 16 0.74 1.6 304b 440 304a 15 0.44 1.3 >15 317 248 0.77 >15 318 72 1.09 298 122 4.23 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (ICso (IC50 (IC50 (104)) (I1M)) (04)) 314 25 0.73 320 259 1.37 321 210 1.1 322 200 1.7 323 47 0.75 324 143 1.9 31 0.087 116 1.3 9.8 185 161 1.3 311 85 2.4 Table 5. Biological data in the Menin fluorescence polarization (FP) assay (1), Menin/MLL homogenous time-resolved fluorescence (HTRF) assay (3) and proliferation assay (2). Co. No. means compound number. The values in table 5 are values for individual measurements (not averaged): in case a value was determined more than 1 time, each value is reported individually in Table 5.
(2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (ICso (IC50 (IC50 (104)) (I1M)) (04)) 20b 0.038 7 0.51 >15 >15 >15 (2) (2) Spheroid (2) (2) (1) (3) Spheroid assay Spheroid Spheroid Menin Menin assay MOLM14 assay K562 assay KG!
Co. FP HTRF
MV-4-11 (IC50 ( M)) (IC50( M)) (IC5o( M)) No. assay assay (IC50 (IC50 (IC50 (I1M)) (I1M)) (nM)) 2.5 4.7 9.3 0.134 63 >15 8.7 >15 4.9 17 0.76 3.4 0.054 14 0.84 2.3 11 0.5 28 10.8 3.2 0.517 1262 10.9 >15 1.8 29 >15 10.8 0.346 1438 9.9 >15 4.1 0.63 0.58 0.63 8.0 0.68 2.8 0.048 28 0.52 4.6 >15 ¨15.4 138 1.0 62 1.4 7

Claims

- 225 -

1. A compound of Formula (I) or a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3, CH 2F, CHF 2, and CF 3;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and CH 3;
Ll represents a 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms provided that it is N-linked to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle; and --L2-R3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g), wherein (a) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >SO 2, >CR4aR4b, and -CHR4aCHR5-;
wherein (i) when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1, then R4a and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -OR6;
-NR7aR7b; -C(=O)NR7aR7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
(ii) when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of L1, then R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -C(=O)NR7aR7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -OR6; -NR7aR7b;
-C(=O)NR7aR7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9aR9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; wherein R6, R7a, R7b, R8, R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=O)NR10a R10b; and 4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR11 and -NR10a R10b; wherein R10a, R10b and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1, Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or L2 is selected from the group consisting of >CR4c R4d and -CHR4c CHR5a-, wherein R4c, R4d, and R5a are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of wherein R12a, R12b, and R12c are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with a -OH or a -NH2 substituent;
and -OC1-6alkyl; or --L2-R3 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; or L2 is O and R3 is selected from the group consisting of C3-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; Ar; Het1; Het2; a 7-to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; -CH2-Ar; -CH2-Het1; -CH2-Het2;
and -CH2-(a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system); when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1; or --L2-R3 is -O-CHR5-R3 when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)NR13a R13b;
C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OR14, and -NR15a R15b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
wherein R13a, R13b, R14, R15a and R15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -C(=O)NR16a R16b; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR17 and -NR16a R16b; wherein R16a, R16b and R17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three fluoro substituents; -CN; Ar, Het1; Het2;
and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or R18 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a -CN substituent; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR1 and -NR20a R20b;
wherein R19, R20a and R20b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=O)NR21a R21b; C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR22 and -NR21a R21b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein R21a, R21b and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl; and R18a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C1-4alkyl;
R18b is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OC1-4alkyl, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R18a and R18b are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C3-5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; or Ar is phenyl or naphthyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, -NR25aR25b, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b;
Het1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of imidazothiazolyl, imidazoimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isobenzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazopyrazinyl, imidazopyridazinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, -NR25a NR25b, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, -NR25a R25b, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b;
wherein R24, R25a, R25b, R26, R27a, and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -C(=O)NR28a R28b; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR29 and -NR28a R28b;
wherein R28a, R28b and R29 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
C1-4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a solvate thereof.
provided that the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts, and solvates thereof are excluded:

2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein (a) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >SO2, >CR4a R4b, and -CHR4a CHR5-;
wherein (i) when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1, then R4a and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -OR6;
-NR7a R7b; -C(=O)NR7a R7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9a R9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
(ii) when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of L1, then R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -C(=O)NR7a R7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9a R9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -OR6; -NR7a R7b;
-C(=O)NR7a R7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9a R9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or >CR4a R4b form a >C3-5cycloalkanediyl or a >C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclediyl containing an oxygen atom; wherein R6, R7a, R7b, R8, R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=O)NR10a R10b; and 4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR11 and -NR10a R10b; wherein R10a, R10b and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C1-4alkyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1, Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >CR4c R4d and -CHR4c CHR5a-, wherein R4c, R4d, and R5a are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of wherein R12a, R12b, and R12c are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with a -OH or a -NH2 substituent;
or (c) --L2-R3 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; or (d) L2 is O and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1; -CH2-Ar, -CH2-Het1, and -CH2-(a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system);

when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1; or (e) --L2-R3 is selected from the group consisting of R18 is hydrogen; or (f) --L2-R3 is and wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b;

Het1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with -NR27a R27b5 a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26 and ¨C(=O)NR27a R27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl;
wherein R26, R27a5 and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl.

3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R1 is CF3;
(a) L2 is >CR4a R4b; wherein R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -C(=C)NR7a R7b;
C1-4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; wherein R7a and R7b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
C1-4alkyl; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR11 and -NR10a R10b; wherein R10a, R10b and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1, Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is >CR4c R4d5 wherein R4c and R4d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of wherein R12a, R12b, and R12c are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with a -NH2 substituent; or (c) --L2-R3 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; or (d) L2 is O and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1, -CH2-Ar, -CH2-Het1, and -CH2-(a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system);

when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1; or (e) --L2-R3 is selected from the group consisting of R18 is hydrogen; or (f) --L2-R3 is Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with a halo substituent;
Het1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, and 4-or 5-thiazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl;
wherein R26, R27a, and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl.

4. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R1 is CF3;
L1 represents a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) wherein a represents the position of linkage to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle;
(a) L2 is >CH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) --L2-R3 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with a halo substituent; and Het1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of 4-, 5-or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, and 4-or 5-thiazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-4alkyl.

5. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein R1 is CF3;
R2 is hydrogen;

L1 represents a N-linked 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) wherein a represents the position of linkage to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle;
(a) L2 is >CH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) --L2-R3 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with a halo substituent; and Het1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of 4-, 5-or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, and imidazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from imidazopyridinyl, in particular imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-4alkyl.

6. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R1 is CF3;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and CH3;
L1 represents a 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms provided that it is N-linked to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle; and --L2-R3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (f) or (g), wherein (a) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >CR4a R4b and -CHR4a CHR5-;
wherein L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of L1; R4a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -C(=O)NR7a R7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR8, and -NR9a R9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -OR6; and C1-4alkyl;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; wherein R6, R7a, R7b, R8, R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR11 and -NR10a R10b; wherein R10a, R10b and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C1-4alkyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1 Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is >CR4c R4d, wherein R4C and R4d are hydrogen; and R3 is wherein R12a, R12b, and R12c are C1-6alkyl 1; or (c) --L2-R3 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents;
or (d) L2 is O and R3 is -CH2-Ar; or (f) --L2-R3 is wherein R18 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C1-4alkyl;
R18a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and fluoro;
R18b is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OC1-4alkyl, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R18a and R18b are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C3-5cycloalkyl; or (g) --L2-R3 is and wherein Ar is phenyl which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -OR24, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with -OR26;
Het1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of indolyl, imidazopyridinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -CN, -OR26, and -NR27a R27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with -OR26;
wherein R24, R26, R27a, and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl; and C2-4alkyl substituted with -NR28a R28b; wherein R28a and R28b are hydrogen.

7. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of CH3, CH2F, CHF2, and CF3;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and CH3;
L1 represents a 7- to 10-membered saturated spiroheterobicyclic system containing one or two N-atoms provided that it is N-linked to the thienopyrimidinyl heterocycle; and --L2-R3 is selected from (a), (b), (d), (e), or (f), wherein (a) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >SO2, >CR4a R4b5 and -CHR4a CHR5-;
wherein (I) when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1, then R4a and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -OR6;
-NR7a R7b; -C(=O)NR7a R7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9a R9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
(ii) when L2 is linked to a nitrogen atom of L1, then R4a is selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)NR7a R7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9a R9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -OR6; -NR7a R7b;
-C(=O)NR7a R7b; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR8, and -NR9a R9b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R4b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R4a and R4b together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; wherein R6, R7a, R7b, R8, R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=O)NR10a R10b; and 4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR11 and -NR10a R10b; wherein R10a, R10b and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar, Het1, Het2, and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (b) L2 is selected from the group consisting of >CR4c R4d and -CHR4c CHR5a-, wherein R4c, R4d, and R5a are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of wherein R12a, R12b, and R12c are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with a -OH or a -NH2 substituent;
and -OC1-6alkyl; or (d) L2 is O and R3 is selected from the group consisting of C3-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; Ar; Het1; Het2; a 7-to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; -CH2-Ar; -CH2-Het1; -CH2-Het2;
and -CH2-(a 7- to 1 0-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system); when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1; or (e) --L2-R3 is -O-CHR5-R3 when L2 is linked to a carbon atom of L1, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)NR13a R13b;
C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OR14, and -NR15a R15b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

wherein R13a, R13b, R14, R15a and R15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -C(=O)NR16a R16b; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR17 and -NR16a R16b; wherein R16a, R16b and R17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three fluoro substituents; -CN; Ar, Het1; Het2;
and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; or (f) --L2-R3 is wherein R18 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a -CN substituent; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR19 and -NR20a R20b;
wherein R19, R20a and R20b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, and -C(=O)NR21a R21b; C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR22 and -NR21a R21b; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein R21a, R21b and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl; and R18a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C1-4alkyl;
R18b is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OC1-4alkyl, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R18a and R18b are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C3-5cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom;
and wherein Ar is phenyl or naphthyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, -NR25a R25b, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b;
Het1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; or a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of imidazothiazolyl, imidazoimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isobenzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazopyrazinyl, imidazopyridazinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, -NR25a R25b, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, -NR25a R25b, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b;

wherein R24, R25a, R25b, R26, R27a, and R27b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -C(=O)NR28a R28b; and C2-4alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OR29 and -NR28a R28b;
wherein R28a, R28b and R29 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
C1-4alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom.

8. The compound according to claim 1, wherein --L2-R3 is (a);
R3 is Het1 or Het2;
Het1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, and imidazolyl;
each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, -NR25a R25b, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=C)NR27a R27b; and Het2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and piperidinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OR24, -NR25a R25b, and C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -OR26, -NR27a R27b, and -C(=O)NR27a R27b.

9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 8 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

10. A process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 9 comprising mixing a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8.

1 1. A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 8 or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 9 for use as a medicament.

12. A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 8 or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 9 for use in the prevention or treatment of cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.

13. The compound or a pharmaceutical composition for use according to claim 12, wherein cancer is selected from leukemias, myeloma or a solid tumor cancer such as prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma.

14. The compound or a pharmaceutical composition for use according to claim 13, wherein the leukemia is selected from acute leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MLL-rearranged leukemias, MLL-PTD leukemias, MLL amplified leukemias, MLL-positive leukemias, and leukemias exhibiting HOX/MEIS1 gene expression signatures.

15. A method of treating or preventing a disorder selected from cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 8 or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 9.

16. The method according to claim 15 wherein the disorder is cancer.

17. The method according to claim 16 wherein cancer is selected from leukemias, myeloma or a solid tumor cancer such as prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma.

18. The method according to claim 16 or 17 wherein the leukemia is selected from acute leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MLL-rearranged leukemias, MLL-PTD leukemias, MLL amplified leukemias, MLL-positive leukemias, and leukemias exhibiting HOX/MEIS1 gene expression signatures.